Notes

Notes

 

Chapters

Chapters

253 1. bitterness and rage Van Gogh-Bonger, pp. xxxii-xxxiii: Bonger says of Vincent at this time: "the feeling of having been slighted and wronged did not leave him, and he felt utterly abandoned." Vincent, of course, recast this sense of abandonment in order to see himself as abandoning rather than abandoned. "But still it's a relief to me that I've gone so far that I can no longer go back, and that even though the path is difficult, my path is now clear enough. ... I feel a certain calm. There is safety in the midst of danger. What would life be if we didn't dare to take things in hand?" (JLB 194, 12/29/1881; emphasis in original.) 2. "I used to have many" BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: "Before things came to their present pass, I used to have many regrets and be very sad and reproach myself because things between Father and Mother and me were going so badly."
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "Before things got as bad as they are now, I felt a great deal of remorse and sorrow, and tormented myself because things were going so badly between Pa and Ma and me."

3. at least three months BVG 164, 12/21/1881: That Vincent's separation from Mauve (1838-1888; Dutch artist) was involuntary is clearly implied in this passage.

Context:
JLB 193, 12/23/1881: "I sometimes wish that the three months between now and going back to M. were already over, but such as they'll be, they'll bring some good."

4. begged to resume

BVG 166, 12/29/1881: Vincent gives a very different version of his exchange with Mauve upon his sudden arrival in The Hague. We do not credit either the tone or the substance of the exchange Vincent reports. Although proper and hospitable to the Van Gogh family, Mauve was not a flexible person, especially in regard to his time and privacy. We believe that he fully subscribed to the three-month hiatus on Vincent's apprenticeship in The Hague that had been imposed when Vincent left in December (see Ch. 16, n. 3). Indeed, in April 1882, Mauve will himself impose a two-month ban on Vincent's contact with him (JLB 219, 4/21/1882). The similarity of the two bans is notable. It is unthinkable that Mauve was not aware of the high level of frustration and exasperation in the family over Vincent's repeated misadventures and he surely knew, when Vincent showed up unannounced at his door, that he was being drawn into yet another of them.

Context:
JLB 194, 12/29/1881: "I went back to Mauve and said: 'Listen, Mauve, I cannot stay in Etten any longer and I must go and live somewhere else, preferably here.' Well, Mauve said, 'then stay.'"

5. enough money from Mauve BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882. We do not credit Vincent's later defensive and somewhat muddled claim: "I didn't ask Mauve for money, but Mauve said of his own accord, you need money, I'll make sure you earn some -- you can count on your bad years being over and on the sun rising for you, you've worked for it and earned it honestly. And, to begin with, Mauve helped me to settle in." (JLB 221, 4/26/1882.) This comes at a time (late April) when Vincent is desperately trying to convince Theo that he "earned" the money that he receives. Furthermore, as a way of preserving his dignity in the midst of ceaseless supplication, Vincent developed elaborate stratagems for making demands while preserving his ability to claim that the fruits of such non-demands were offered "voluntarily."

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "Mauve lent me some money, 100 guilders, to rent it, furnish it and get the window and light fixed up."

6. rent a room nearby BVG 168, 1/5/1882-1/6/1882. Vincent gives his first address in The Hague as "SCHENKWEG No. 138 (near the Rijnspoor Station)" (JLB 198, 1/5/1882 or 1/6/1882). He reports that this was "just outside town in Schenkweg, about 10 minutes from M" (JLB 194, 12/291881). He paid "only 7 guilders a month," a considerable improvement over the 30 guilders a month he paid at the inn near Mauve (JLB 191, 12/1/1881 and 12/3/1881). However, the room was unfurnished, and the cost of furniture significantly changed the financial comparison: "but the furniture makes it difficult" (ibid.). Subsequent research has shown that the two-story house in which Vincent took a room was actually just off the Schenkweg (on a road named Schenkstraat in 1884; at which time the address changed to no. 9) (Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 17). Schenkweg was itself just a country road running along the railroad track to Utrecht (Hulsker, Vincent and Theo, p. 114), not far from the Rijnspoor station on the outskirts of town and therefore a less desirable (and cheaper) neighborhood (JLB 222, 5/1/1882), even though it was only a ten minutes' walk from Mauve's house in an older and more settled area. Vincent lived on the second floor in the rear of the building, facing in a southerly direction (Hulsker, "Van Gogh's Studio in The Hague Identified," pp. 2-5, 9-11). 7. he spent extravagantly BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882: Vincent had the same problem as he apparently had in Brussels: too much light. "The light comes from the south, more or less, but the window is large and high, and I have hopes that it will look nice after a time" (JLB 194, 12/29/1881). Van Heugten summarizes the work that Vincent had done: "The studio lighting was improved by attaching four shutters to each of the three windows in order to control the infall of light. He could close off entire windows or allow just a little light to enter, and he also experimented with light entering from above or below by opening the top or bottom shutters." (Van Heugten, p. 36.)

Context:
JLB 196 1/3/1882: "Mauve lent me some money, 100 guilders, to rent it, furnish it and get the window and light fixed up."

8. purchased, not rented BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882. Vincent's rationalization for this additional, unnecessary expense with borrowed money is characteristically tendentious: "It's the only sensible way, and in the long run it's much less expensive having one's own things than always spending money on yet another semi-furnished room" (JLB 196, 1/3/1882). It is revealing that Vincent's explanation for this expenditure changes. Earlier, he claimed that he bought the furniture because Mauve "insisted" on it -- a different and not very credible story (JLB 194, 12/291881).

Context:
JLB 196 1/3/1882: "Mauve lent me some money, 100 guilders, to rent it, furnish it and get the window and light fixed up."

9. a raft of new prints BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882. The list of prints he bought, which he details to Theo, is quite long.

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882: "I got a great bargain on some splendid woodcuts from The Graphic, some of them prints not of the clichés but of the blocks themselves. Just what I've been wanting for years. The drawings by Herkomer, Frank Holl, Walker, and others. I bought them from Blok, the Jewish bookseller, and chose the best from an enormous pile of Graphics and London News for five guilders. Some of them are superb, including the Houseless and Homeless by Fildes (poor people waiting outside a night shelter [Houseless and Hungry]) and two large Herkomers and many small ones, and the Irish Emigrants by Frank Holl and the 'Old gate' by Walker. And especially a girls' school by Frank Holl and also that large Herkomer, the invalids."

10. to ornament BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "And I've also acquired another ornament for my studio ..."

11. flowers for the table BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "And I even have flowers, and a couple of boxes of bulbs."

12. Within a week BVG 166, 12/29/1881. Referring to the inn where he had stayed during his visit to Mauve earlier that month, Vincent wrote on December 29: "I have to stay at the boarding-house until 1 January. ... I'll be moving into the studio around 1 January." (JLB 194, 12/291881.) (January 1 was a Sunday.) He tells Van Rappard the same thing: "I've rented a small studio here and will be moving into it around 1 January," although he then backtracks somewhat: "I'm wavering between 2 or 3 studios and will decide which one to take before 1 January" (JLB 195, 12/30/1881). Vincent arrived in The Hague on December 25, directly from the fight with his father in Etten. 13. his last penny was gone BVG 168, 1/5/1882-1/6/1882.

Context:
JLB 198, 1/5/1882 or 1/6/1882: "I still have all kinds of expenses ahead of me, and I truly haven't had a penny in my pocket for a day or two."

14. wrote his parents BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "For appearances' sake I straightened things out by writing again to Pa to say that I'd rented a studio, that I also wished him a happy New Year, that I hoped that in that new year we should no longer fight in that way or in any other manner."

15. declaring their relationship ended BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882. This is implied in something Theo wrote Vincent, summarizing a letter he received from their father: "When Pa wrote to me about it, I thought it was a misunderstanding, but you yourself say in your letter, As far as the relations between Pa and me are concerned, they can't be put to rights so quickly" (JLB 197, 1/5/1882). The implication is confirmed in Vincent's angry response: "Please bear with me if I pretend for the time being that Pa and Ma don't exist" (JLB 199, 1/8/1882-1/9/1882). "Etten is lost," he concludes.

Context:
JLB 197, 1/5/1882: "As far as the relations between Pa and me are concerned, they can't be put to rights so quickly."

16. a happy new year BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "For appearances' sake I straightened things out by writing again to Pa to say that I'd rented a studio, that I also wished him a happy New Year, that I hoped that in that new year we should no longer fight in that way or in any other manner."

17. "I have a real studio" BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882.

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "Now as to me, it will perhaps not be disagreeable for you to learn that I'm installed in a studio of my own."

18. hinting darkly BVG 166, 12/29/1881.

Context:
JLB 194, 12/29/1881: "I must remain completely independent of Pa. How? I don't know yet, but M. is willing to help me if necessary, and you too."

19. or even go to Tersteeg BVG 168, 1/5/1882-1/6/1882. In fact, when he did not receive money right away from Theo, Vincent tried to borrow from Tersteeg, or at least so he reports. By the next letter, in which Theo enclosed money, Vincent has made contact with Tersteeg and, as threatened, borrowed twenty-five guilders, apparently as an advance on the money that Vincent expected Theo to send (JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882). The possibility cannot be excluded that Vincent borrowed the money from Tersteeg to coerce Theo into paying up. In fact, Theo sent Vincent extra money and insisted that he repay Tersteeg (JLB 217, 4/14/1882).

Context:
JLB 198, 1/5/1882 or 1/6/1882: "Today I went to Goupil out of desperation, because in keeping with what you wrote I wanted to ask Tersteeg to lend me some money for God's sake. But Tersteeg had just left town for a couple of days."

20. another family embarrassment

BVG 205, 6/3/1882. As Theo undoubtedly knew by this time, Vincent had "made a public scene" with Uncle Cent during his brief stay in The Hague in December (JLB 235, 6/3/1882). (See Ch. 16, n. 588.) Tersteeg was even more likely than the Cent to shame Vincent (and thus embarrass the family) in a confrontation precipitated by a "demand" for money.

Context:
JLB 235, 6/3/1882: "… I hope that, just like last year, if I meet His Hon. we shall not make a public scene."

21. without blistering his brother Theo's critical letter of January 8 or 9 (JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882) apparently preceded by only a day or two the money he sent in response to Vincent's threat to borrow money from Tersteeg (JLB 198, 1/5/1882 or 1/6/1882). Vincent had already completed his blistering response to Theo's accusations in the first letter when the money showed up soon thereafter. This is revealing on both sides of the correspondence: that Theo would follow up a scathing letter with money, and that Vincent would not set aside his scathing response when the money appeared, but only append a grudging acknowledgement. It suggests the tremendous ambivalence, the underlying resentment, that existed on both sides of this seemingly benevolent equation: Theo about giving, Vincent about receiving. 22. "What the devil" BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: "... what the devil made you so childish and so shameless as to embitter Father and Father's life and render it almost impossible by setting about things in the way you did?"
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "... what the devil made you so childish and so shameless as to contrive in this way to make Pa and Ma's life miserable and nearly impossible?"

23. "One day you will be" BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: "Coûte que coûte [at all costs], you are in duty bound to ensure that matters are put right and I guarantee that one day you will be extremely sorry for having been so callous in this matter."
JLB 197, 1/5/1882: "It's your duty to set things straight at all costs, and I assure you that some day you'll mightily regret having handled this matter so harshly" (emphasis in original).

254 24. "I offer no apology" BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882. Vincent does offer one of his typical non-retraction retractions: "If, later on, they possibly become a bit more humane and sensitive and fair, then I'll be glad to take it all back. But I doubt if that will happen." (JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882.)

Context:
BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: " I offer no apology for that and while Father and Mother continue in this mood I shall take nothing back."
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: " I'm not asking for an apology, and as long as Pa and Ma take this attitude I won't take any of it back."

25. "The murderer has left" BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: "Anyway, the murderer has left the house now, and so, in short, I take not the slightest notice of any of it and even consider it ridiculous."
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "Besides, now the murderer has left home and so, in a word, I take no notice of it, and I even think it ridiculous."

26. he complained BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882. This letter is basically a request for Theo to double the amount of money he has sent.

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882: "Now I thank you very much indeed for what you sent. I don't need to tell you that I really have a great many worries besides. Naturally my expenses are more than in Etten and I can't set to work with half as much energy as I should like and should be able to if I had more at my disposal."

27. insisted that Theo guarantee BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882. Vincent's discreet term for this preposterous guarantee is "a definite agreement" (JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882).

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "So you'll be doing me a great favour by entering into a definite agreement, and I hope you'll write to me about it soon."

28. "I must know" BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: "For you realize, Theo, I must know with as much certainty as possible what to expect, and I must be able to calculate and be able to tell in advance whether I can do this or that or must give it up."
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "Because you understand, Theo, I must know as definitely as possible where I stand, and I have to work it out in advance, and know that I can or cannot do this or that."

29. "a military campaign" BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882.

Context:
BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: "So much is demanded nowadays that painting seems like a campaign, a military campaign, a battle or a war."
JLB 212, 3/24/1882: "So much is demanded that nowadays painting is almost an offensive, a military campaign, a battle or war."

30. "fight my battle" BVG 166, 12/29/1881.

Context:
BVG 166, 12/29/1881: "But I will fight my battle, and sell my life dearly, and try to win and get the best of it."
JLB 194, 12/29/1881: "But I'll fight my fight and sell my life dearly and try to win and pull through."

31. "Persistence" BVG 152, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881. Vincent appears to quote an unidentified French source for this defiant wisdom: "I think that 'serrer de près vaut mieux que lâcher'" -- literally "delving deeply into something is better than letting it go" (JLB 175, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881).

Context:
BVG 152, "… I think that "serrer de près vaut mieux que lâcher" (persistence is better than surrender)."
JLB 175, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881: "… I think that delving deeply into something is better than letting it go."

32. "the persons who suspect" BVG 167, January 1882. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 167, January 1882: "And now that I am in a studio of my own, this will not make an unfavorable impression on the persons who until now suspected me of amateurism, of idleness, of sponging on others."
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "And now that I'm in my own studio, it will most probably make a not unfavourable impression on some people who until now have thought that I'm merely dabbling, idling or loafing about."

33. "more fiercely and savagely" BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882.

Context:
BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882: "Meanwhile I intend to go on making those little pen drawings, but in a style different from that of last summer's large one. Somewhat more fiercely and savagely."
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "I'm planning to go on making small pen drawings whenever possible, but different from the large ones I made this summer. A bit sharper and a bit angrier."

34. "draftsman's fist" BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882. Vincent first uses the term "draughtsman's fist" two months earlier in Etten in regard to the Strickers' objection that Vincent has no independent means of support: "They must see the means of subsistence to believe in the existence of the person in question, but the existence of the person in question doesn't prove to them his means of subsistence. Well, this being so, we must first hold a draughtsman's fist before his eyes, not to attack him with it, though, or even to threaten him. We then have to use that draughtsman's fist as best we can." (JLB 182, 11/10/1881 or 11/11/1881.) Despite the explicit disavowal of violent intent, Vincent clearly favors this term for its double meaning: the fist with which he draws is also the fist with which he is willing to defend himself and attack his enemies; the battle to create art is indistinguishable from the battle to prove his critics wrong.

Context:
BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "I canot stop drawing because I really have a draftsman's fist, and I ask you, have I ever doubted or hesitated or wavered since the day I began to draw?"
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: "It's precisely because I have a draughtsman's fist that I can't keep myself from drawing and, I ask you, have I ever doubted or hesitated or wavered since the day I began to draw?"

35. A sensitive, decorous man De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, pp. 94, 95: The authors note that Mauve's "health was poor," that his emotional equilibrium was often upset by sudden "attacks of melancholy," and that he was subject to fits of anger. In addition, his refined sensitivities could be easily jarred by loud noises, distracting activity, and other minor disturbances of "modern" life. 36. "He helped and encouraged" BVG 164, 12/21/1881: For clarity, we have reversed the word order of the translation.

Context:
BVG 164, 12/21/1881: "And well, what I found was that in all sorts of practical and friendly ways he helped and encouraged me."
JLB 193, 12/23/1881: "And well, what I experienced with him was that he instructed and encouraged me in all manner of kind and practical ways."

37. estranged son of a preacher Keefe, p. 77: Mauve's father was a Mennonite preacher in Zaandam and then in Haarlem. Mauve, who was born in Zaandam on September 18, 1838, was the fifth child in a family of eleven children (Bouyer, n.p.). 38. left home at fourteen Bouyer, n.p.: "From age fourteen years, when he escapes from the hearth, besoigneux [impoverished], but free, he begins the hardest days." 39. dashing the family's plans Bouyer, n.p.: "Son of a Protestant Pasteur in Haarlem, who worked hard to feed a family of 11 children, he disappoints the paternal hope early." Bouyer reports that Mauve was offered money, presumably by his parents, if he would study to be a pastor, rather than an artist, but refused it. "The vocation will go where it wants to go" (ibid.). According to Fles, Mauve's family "thought it discreditable that young Anton should wish to be an artist" (Fles, p. 73). It is important to note that there is no evidence that Vincent's parents felt this way about Vincent's career as an artist. Of course, by the time Vincent began his career, Anna and Dorus would undoubtedly have been satisfied if he had made a success of virtually any career. Nevertheless, the literature often succumbs to the cliché that his parents opposed his artistic ambitions. 40. an impoverished artist Bouyer, n.p.: Bouyer uses the word "besoigneux" (impoverished) to describe Mauve's early career. 41. achieving commercial success Keefe, p. 77. 42. making copable, conventional images Keefe, p. 77: Keefe describes these early images as "carefully drawn, highly finished paintings, often of brilliant color." 43. work with an industry Dekker, n.p. 44. he sometimes locked himself Hugenholtz, n.p. 45. "He gives each picture" BVG 173, 1/26/1882.

Context:
BVG 173, 1/26/1882: "I think he gives each picture and drawing some small part of his life."
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "I believe he puts a little bit of his life into each painting and each drawing."

46. Vincent's love of long walks Fles, p. 74. 47. Although he preferred music Fles, p. 74: Sources vary on which composers Mauve enjoyed most, although Bach and Handel are mentioned most often in the literature. Other favorites include Haydn, Beethoven, Mozart, Schubert, and Gluck (see Bouyer, n.p.). According to Hugenholtz, Mauve had a "good ear" (Hugenholtz, n.p.). "His sister in Paris Mrs. Storm is a great singer whom nature endowed with as much feeling for music as he had for painting. No voice would give him so much pleasure and anything not truly felt was most disturbing to him." (ibid.) 48. he often hummed Bach Fles, p. 74: "He was very fond of music, and particularly enjoyed that of Bach and Handel; their pastoral vein of melody had a happy influence on his spirit. He loved to walk out in the evening when the broad moonlight shone softly on the wide plain, and he would sometimes stand still and exclaim, as he listened to the solemn silence, 'I hear a fugue of Bach's sounding through creation!'" 49. fairy tales of Andersen

Fles, p. 74: According to Fles, Mauve found in Andersen "a reflection of his own love of Nature." (Also see Ch. 16, n. 50.)

50. recited to his children Hugenholtz, n.p.: A friend who visited the Mauves around this time wrote an account of the family's evening ritual: "The youngest girl sat in [Mauve's] lap, and with great excitement all four [children] listened to the most fantastic of fairy tales. He had a great gift for it ... I know I listened just as eagerly as they did admiring the way of the describing, the rich fantasy, and the kind tone of heart, that thrilled through everything." 51. Mauve rarely admitted guests De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, pp. 94, 95. According to a remembrance published on his death, Mauve "was very particular about visitors to his studio. Although he was very kind-hearted, he called his studio his sanctuary of hearth and joy: and you suspect that anyone may walk in there, noisy and fussy? Art is too earnest for that." (Hugenholtz, n.p.) 52. he remained generally aloof "Enkele Buitenlandsche Kritieken over de Hollandsche Grootmeesters Jacob en Willem Maris, Mauve en Israëls," n.p. 53. from social activities Hugenholtz, n.p.: A eulogist wrote of him: "Mauve, the most sociable of men, was not a man for society. He hated it, he never liked to go out on a visit; a single friend coming to his home of an evening was the only thing he liked. Sometimes a game of cards, some music …." By another account, Mauve "was never quite happy but in the society of his wife and children, for, while he craved the solitude of Nature, he was also very dependent on the cheerful influences of the domestic hearth" (Fles, p. 75). 54. guests one at a time Hugenholtz, n.p. (See Ch. 16, n. 53.) 255 55. "gifts of good sense" Hugenholtz, n.p. 56. "empty chatter" Hugenholtz, n.p. 57. he refused to attend Hugenholtz, n.p.: "You could never induce him to attend any concert -- he detested such a place, the people too fussy and it lasted too long ... " 58. "violence" Fles, p. 74: "The refined sensitiveness of his taste and temperament made him intolerant of all violence in art. He hated, too, the bustle of town life and society. It was, perhaps, an instinctive fear lest the outer world should break in on his meditation and destroy that 'lyric' quality in which he felt that his strength lay. He cherished it with care; he avoided, as far as possible, ever seeing or hearing anything that jarred on his sympathies." 59. "lyric" Fles, p. 74. (See Ch. 16, n. 58.) 60. in England and America Fles, p. 75: "Mauve's pictures were known and valued by the English and Americans before his fellow-country men had learned to appreciate them; his drawings and paintings found purchasers in London." 61. eager to pay dearly Stolwijk, "Un marchand avisé," p. 22: "Especially foreign collectors were interested in the new Dutch painting ... Collectors were now willing to dig deep into their pockets for these exclusive art works." 62. Hague School paintings dominated Stolwijk, "Un marchand avisé," p. 22: "Goupil's turnover now almost entirely depended on this highly successful marketing of the Hague School painting. ... The turnover of these [Hague School] works, handled by Goupil in the Hague, raised enormously. Finally, from the 1880's onwards paintings and drawings by the Hague School painters almost completely dominated the Dutch art market." According to Stolwijk, prices rose along with demand: "Due to the enormous popularity of the Hague School painting, the general price level of Dutch art, handled by Goupil, raised from 160 guilders in the 1860's, via 375 guilders in the 1870's up to circa 700 guilders in the 1890's." (ibid.) 256 63. Critics applauded Fles, p. 75: "[Mauve's] drawings and paintings found purchasers in London even before they were finished, and the dealers were constantly demanding more." 64. "nimbus of devout" De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 97. 65. "poet-painter" De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 97. 66. "genius" "Enkele Buitenlandsche Kritieken over de Hollandsche Grootmeesters Jacob en Willem Maris, Mauve en Israëls," n.p. 67. "magician" "Enkele Buitenlandsche Kritieken over de Hollandsche Grootmeesters Jacob en Willem Maris, Mauve en Israëls," n.p.: "Anton Mauve a genius in making the homeliest of scenes magical with light and air." 68. electing him to the board De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 233: He was made first "Commissioner for the Discussions" and then Treasurer. 69. their most prestigious society De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 79: Primarily because of court patronage. According to De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, Queen Sophie, wife of William III, was a "regular visitor" to discussion sessions at the Pulchri. In later years, "Queen Wilhelmina, who was a painter herself, was also to become a member of Pulchri Studio." 70. an associate member of the Pulchri BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "Mauve has promised to recommend me for an associate membership of Pulchri, because there I'd be able to draw from a model two evenings a week and would have more contact with artists."

71. an unprecedented honor Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 156: Van der Mast and Dumas call this "an exceptional favor." 72. "As soon as possible" BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882: "Later on I'll become a regular member as soon as possible."

73. In his comfortable studio Dekker, n.p.: This is an account of a later studio, but Mauve had the means to support a similar level of comfort as of 1882: "He, who is privileged to be admitted [to his studio] ... has the opportunity for a really interesting visit. It is furnished with taste and ease, and made to serve his work, the whole marks the residence of a man who works often and hard." 74. almost every day BVG 166, 12/29/1881.

Context:
JLB 194, 12/29/1881: "Just address your letters to the address A. Mauve. Uilebomen 198, since I go there almost every day."

75. Working with lightning speed Fles, p. 75: "Mauve worked with almost incredible rapidity; his technical facility was amazing." Fles goes on to say that Mauve was "fully conscious that he was working too fast," but produces no evidence. "Such an artist as Mauve would have done more work of the higher class if he had not yielded to the demands which poured in upon him" (ibid.). To the same point, De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas quote an obituary by Mauve's friend Vittore Grubicy de Dragon: "[He painted] with a swift, feverish nervosity and a precise characterization, even down to the smallest details, no differently than he would have set a thought on paper with a pen in his hand" (De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 97). 76. precise, unhesitating strokes

De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 97. 

77. endless sketching trips Dekker, n.p.: "Whether January brings the northwind and snow, or the July sun oppressive heat, everyday finds [Mauve] outside with his sketchbook." 78. tuned his innate facility Bouyer, n.p.: "In 1864, Mauve lives in Amsterdam; he works, he exhibits, he sells, and his facility, which could have been worrying from the point of view of art is a pledge of prosperity." 79. Mauve had just begun work Hugenholtz, n.p.: Mauve was well-known for his brilliant starts. "The starts were so impressive and I am always thankful to have had an opportunity to see them so often." 80. painting of a fishing boat BVG 166, 12/29/1881.

Context:
JLB 194, 12/29/1881: "Mauve himself is very busy with a large painting of a pink against the dunes being hauled by horses."

81. or criticized De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, pp. 47, 48: "In 1860 [Gerard] Bilders wrote to [Johannes] Kneppelhout, 'some said that my paintings in Rotterdam appeared too grey.' Matthijs Maris [1839-1917; Dutch artist] also incurred the same reproach, being told he simply must take off his 'grey spectacles,' while Willem Maris [1844-1910; Dutch artist] and the young Anton Mauve, who had made friends at Oosterbeek, were likewise denounced by the art critics for their predilection for grey. One critic wrote of Mauve in the Algetneen Handelsblad. 'A few months ago he seemed to be going his own way, but he now evidently sees things entirely through the spectacles of the painter Maris. Dangerous ! ... Mauve used to see nature as warm and strong in colour, but now everything that meets his eye appears to be shrouded in crêpe.'" Elsewhere, De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas provide additional criticisms of the Dutch painters' tendency toward muted colors. (For example: "Are objects in the open air really as dun and grey as they are painted by this painter? Leaves are greenish, after all, and the ground one sits on out of doors has too many nuances of colours for one to be able to give it this ashen tone." [De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 55].) 82. "the gray school" De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 90. 83. "fragrant, warm gray" De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, quoting Gerard Bilders, a prominent Hague School artist, pp. 18, 19. 84. better than Anton Mauve Greenshields, p. 157: One early commentator described how Mauve's "soft hazy atmosphere envelops everything in its mysterious folds." 85. "Theo, what a great thing" BVG 164, 12/21/1881. This quote comes from the previous month immediately after Vincent returned from his first prolonged (three week) visit to Mauve's studio.

Context:
JLB 193, 12/23/1881: "Theo, what a great thing tone and colour are!"

86. Vincent wrote, entranced BVG 181, 3/11/1882. Vincent pronounced the painting "a masterpiece" (JLB 211, 3/11/1882).

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "There's a Mauve, the large painting of the pink being dragged onto the dunes, it's a masterpiece."

87. Mauve made time for BVG 214, 7/7/1882.

Context:
JLB 245, 7/6/1882-7/7/1882: "It was a Scheveningen woman knitting that I did at Mauve's studio and in fact the best watercolour I had, largely because Mauve had added some touches and repeatedly came across to draw my attention to one point or another while I was working."

88. "greenhorn" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: This is Vincent's assessment of Mauve's perception of him when he first arrived.

Context:
BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: "I perceived that Mauve thought me a greenhorn."
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "I noticed that until then Mauve had considered me 'a bloody bore.'"

89. He pointed out Vincent's mistakes

BVG 214, 7/7/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 87.)

Context:
JLB 245, 7/6/1882-7/7/1882: "Mauve had added some touches and repeatedly came across to draw my attention to one point or another while I was working."

90. offered suggestions BVG 171, 1/21/1882.

Context:
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "With regard to the size of the drawings or the subjects, I'll gladly listen to what Mr. T. or Mauve has to say about it."

91. corrected details BVG 184, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882: Vincent does not attribute this directly to Mauve, but the timing, only a few months after his brief tutorial with Mauve, suggests that he is evoking that experience.

Context:
JLB 214, 4/2/1882: "If a painter took you by the arm and said: Look, Theo, this is how you should draw that field, this is how the lines of the furrows run, for this reason or that they run like this and not otherwise, and must be brought into perspective like this. And that pollard willow being this big, the other one further on is by contrast that small, and that difference in size can be measured this way or that and -- look! if you fling that down on paper then the broad outlines are immediately correct, and you have firm ground beneath your feet on which to continue." (Emphasis added.)

92. directly on Vincent's sheet BVG 214, 7/7/1882. In addition to the passage quoted in the text, there is additional evidence that Mauve demonstrated solutions to Vincent in this way. Referring to a watercolor sketch of a girl in traditional Scheveningen dress, Vincent wrote: "[It was] in fact the best watercolour I had, largely because Mauve had added some touches, and repeatedly came across to draw my attention to one point or another while I was working" (JLB 245, 7/6/1882-7/7/1882; emphasis added). Van Heugten believes that Scheveningen Woman (F 871 JH 85, November-December, 1881, watercolor, 9.2 x 3.7 in., 23.5 x 9.5cm., The Van Gogh Museum, Amsterdam) is not the watercolor mentioned by Vincent because "there is no compelling evidence of two hands at work" (Van Heugten, pp. 99-100).

However, the small size of this work (Mauve encouraged him to work on a smaller scale) and the relative facility it demonstrates in the use of watercolor suggest that it may be the sketch mentioned in JLB 245, 7/6/1882 and 7/7/1882 and that Vincent is considerably understating when he says that Mauve "added some touches," which would explain the lack of clear indication of "two hands at work." Scheveningen Woman Sewing (F 869 JH 83, December, 1881, watercolor, 18.9 x 13.8 in., 48 x 35 cm., P and N. de Boer Foundation: Amsterdam) is another watercolor that looks even further beyond Vincent's capability at the time. Many months later, after his falling out with Mauve, Vincent appears to inadvertently admit that his mentor had a greater hand in these works than he originally indicated. Regarding some watercolors that Vincent executed at that time without Mauve's assistance, he writes: "Supposing I had remained on good terms with Mauve, I believe that if I had done a watercolour like the small bench ... he would have given me tips that would have made it saleable and changed its final appearance. With many people's watercolours or paintings it's even the case that some painter or other does some work on them, sometimes transforming them completely." (JLB 265, 9/17/1882 or 9/18/1882; emphasis added.)

Context:
JLB 245, 7/6/1882-7/7/1882: "… in fact the best watercolour I had, largely because Mauve had added some touches and repeatedly came across to draw my attention to one point or another while I was working."

93. He dispensed his advice BVG 218, 7/21/1882. Vincent summarized Mauve's practical approach to instruction.

Context:
JLB 249, 7/21/1882: "It isn't the language of painters one ought to listen to but the language of nature. I can now understand, better than six months ago or more, why Mauve said: don't talk to me about [Jules] Dupré, talk to me instead about the side of that ditch, or something like that."

257 94. "If he says to me" BVG 164, 12/21/1881. Another example of Mauve's thoughtful pedagogy: "In addition to a couple of small watercolours, I've just started a large one ... Naturally it doesn't automatically go well and easily straightaway. Mauve himself says that I'll ruin at least 10 drawings or so before I know how to handle the brush a little." (JLB 230, 5/23/1882.) Vincent responded well to this kind of positive encouragement: "But it will lead to a brighter future, so I work on with as much cold-bloodedness as I can muster, and don't let myself be deterred by my mistakes" (ibid.).

Context:
JLB 193, 12/23/1881: "But if he tells me, this or that isn't good, then it's because he's saying at the same time 'but try it this way or that way.'"

95. virtues of good materials BVG 164, 12/21/1881.

Context:
JLB 193, 12/23/1881: "However, I've definitely promised M. that I'll do my utmost to find a good studio, and now I must also use better paint and better paper."

96. "use the wrist" Kerssemakers, p. 54: Vincent's later friend, Anton Kerssemakers recalled: "[Vincent] always spoke about Anton Mauve with much respect, though he had been unable to get along with him for quite some time and had only worked with him briefly. According to his explanation, Mauve once commented that he used his fingers too much in painting, whereupon he [i.e., Vincent] had become angry and had snapped at Mauve, 'What does it matter, even if I do it with my heels, as long as it is good and it works.'" 97. offered "lessons" BVG 172, 1/22/1882.

Context:
BVG 172, 1/22/1882: "Yesterday I had a lesson from Mauve on drawing hands and faces so as to keep the colour transparent."
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "Yesterday I had a lesson from Mauve on drawing hands and faces, on keeping the paint layer thin."

98. draw hands and faces

BVG 172, 1/22/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 97.)

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "Yesterday I had a lesson from Mauve on drawing hands and faces, on keeping the paint layer thin."

99. kind of practical advice BVG 164, 12/21/1881.

Context:
JLB 193, 12/23/1881: "And well, what I experienced with him was that he instructed and encouraged me in all manner of kind and practical ways."

100. "diabolical" BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882.

Context:
BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882: "Puisque l'exécution d'une aquarelle à quelque chose de diabolique."
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "Because there's something diabolical about the execution of a watercolour."

101. a master watercolorist De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 84: "Mauve, too, was a loved and admired watercolourist. His watercolours differ little from his paintings in subject matter, but the execution, even in his early years, is often freer and more daring." In 1876, Mauve's love of watercolor led him to establish (with Hendrik Willem Mesdag [1831-1915; Dutch artist] and Jacob Maris [1837-1899; Dutch artist]) the Hollandsche Teeken-Maatschappij (Dutch Drawing Society). (According to De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, the society's first "committee" consisted of Mesdag, Maris, and Mauve [ibid., pp. 83-84]). According to Sillevis, the "founders" also included David Joseph Bles, Bernardus Blommers, Johannes Bosboom, Jozef Israëls, and Willem Maris (Sillevis, p. 22). 102. showed him how to draw Sillevis, p. 18: "The works of Mauve, Israëls, Weissenbruch and Rochussen reveal little or no underdrawing in pencil or chalk. Watercolour was applied on paper with no preliminary study. Their virtuosity in this technique was greatly admired, particularly abroad." 103. "Mauve has shown me" BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882: There is no doubt Vincent is talking about watercolor. Indeed, the preceding sentence, often quoted, may also refer to "drawing" with watercolor. "Drawing is becoming more and more of a passion, and it's just like a sailor's passion for the sea" (JLB 200, 1/14/1882).

Context:
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "Mauve has now shown me a new way to make something, namely watercolours."

104. "I am getting to like" BVG 171, 1/21/1882.

Context:
BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882: "I have been working all the time now in watercolour, and I am getting to like it more and more. How I wish you were here, I have so many things to ask and tell you. Do you think you will come in the spring? Will you know some time in advance? What I have done now is far from good, but it is different and has more power and freshness, and is without body colour."
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "I've been working all this time with watercolour only, and it's giving me more pleasure every day. How much I'd like you to be here, I'd have so much to tell and to ask you. Will you come again in the spring? Won't you know a little in advance? Now, what I've made still isn't good and is far from being so, but it's again something different and it's somewhat stronger and livelier in colour, and without body-colour."

105. "Mauve's sympathy" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882.

Context:
BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: "And then all this changed -- Mauve's sympathy, which was like water to a parched plant to me, ran dry."
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "But all of that changed -- Mauve's sympathy, which was to me as water to a half-withered plant, dried up."

106. "I love Mauve" BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "Because -- and you know this -- I love Mauve, and it is so hard that all the happiness he pictured to me will come to naught."
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: "Because -- and you know this -- I do love Mauve, and it's so awful that nothing much will come of all that happiness he held out to me."

107. "I love his work" BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: " I love his work -- and I count myself fortunate to be learning from him, but I can no more withdraw into some system or school than Mauve can himself, and apart from Mauve and Mauve's work, I also love others who are quite different and work quite differently."
JLB 199, 1/8 or 1/9/1882: "... I like his work very much -- and I consider myself fortunate to learn something from him, but I can't shut myself up in a system or school any more than Mauve himself can, and in addition to Mauve and Mauve's work, I also like others who are very different and work very differently."

108. He bought him gifts BVG 181, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "I wanted to see the tableaux vivants, especially because one of them was done after an etching I gave Mauve as a present, Nicolaas Maes."

109. mimicked his speech BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882. Interestingly, Vincent (and presumably Mauve) used the same expression, "yellow soap" to describe a kind of atmosphere in a painting or watercolor. "If I could get that drawing the way I'd like it, I'd make at least 3/4 of it in yellow soap style and treat only that corner where the child is sitting delicately and tenderly and with sentiment" (JLB 200, 1/14/1882).

Context:
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "You mustn't think that I'm always in a gruff, cold-hearted mood which Mauve would perhaps call a yellow soap mood or saltwater mood. ... [but] surely that's no worse than taking things too sentimentally."

110. cherished his compliments BVG 173, 1/26/1882.

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "This is what Mauve says to console me when my drawings turn out heavy, thick, muddy, black, dead: If you were already working thinly now, it would only be being stylish and later your work would probably become thick. Now, though, you're struggling and it becomes heavy, but later it will become quick and thin. If indeed it turns out like that, I have nothing against it."

111. yielded to his criticisms BVG 173, 1/26/1882. The same uncharacteristic acquiescence is suggested in another passage: "Mauve knows it all so well, and when he says something, he makes an effort and doesn't just say something for the sake of saying it, well, I also make an effort to listen and take pains to put it into practice" (JLB 202, 1/22/1882). Earlier, Vincent contrasts Mauve's criticisms with his father's: "But if [Mauve] tells me, this or that isn't good, then it's because he's saying at the same time 'but try it this way or that way,' and that's entirely different from criticizing for the sake of criticizing" (JLB 193, 12/23/1881). As so often with family matters, one suspects that there was no real objective difference between his father's criticisms and his cousin's.

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "Now I must learn not to do some things which I more or less taught myself, and to look at things in a completely different way."

112. "Mauve says that I shall" BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882. There are other similar passages where Vincent cites Mauve's words of wisdom with adulatory approval. Always eager to establish solidarity with Theo, Vincent argues that Theo, too, will find enlightenment in Mauve's lessons: "M. has taught me to see so many things I didn't see before, and when I have the opportunity I'll try and tell you about what he's told me, because perhaps there are still one or two things that you don't see properly either. Anyway, we'll talk about artistic matters sometime, I hope." (JLB 193, 12/23/1881.)

Context:
BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882: " Mauve says that I shall spoil at least ten drawings before I know how to handle the brush well. But behind it is a better future, so I work with as much composure as I can, and am not disheartened even by my mistakes."
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: " Mauve himself says that I'll ruin at least 10 drawings or so before I know how to handle the brush a little. But it will lead to a brighter future, so I work on with as much cold-bloodedness as I can muster, and don't let myself be deterred by my mistakes."

113. "I do not wish" BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882.

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "I won't associate very much with the painters. I find Mauve more capable and more solid every day. And what more do I want?"

114. would not embarrass him BVG 172, 1/22/1882. Later in the same letter, Vincent writes: "Yesterday I again told Mauve that it was so necessary for me to earn something on the side, but I don't want to ask him for money because he gives me something that's much better than money."

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "And then it sometimes happens that one can't help being terribly depressed at times, even if only briefly, just when one is in good spirits, as I actually have been these days and still am even. And that's how it was this morning, it was one of those unfortunate hours when one is powerless and weak with nervous exhaustion. I believe it was actually caused by my having arranged with Mauve to do things with the model and outdoors, and then I suddenly thought ... perhaps I can't do it because I won't have a penny in two days' time and then M. will think that I haven't done it through cowardice."

115. "dress a little better" BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882. Vincent is confusing on this issue, as he is on so many that involve requests for funding, direct and indirect. At one point, he suggests that dressing better was Mauve's idea: "Because according to him I must, no matter what, appear presentable as regards my clothing, and not try to scrimp and save" (JLB 194, 12/29/1881). But in the next letter, the idea appears to be his own. He gives similarly mixed signals about the purchase of furniture for his apartment. Initially, he tells Theo that Mauve "insists, however, that I buy a bed, for instance, and a couple of pieces of furniture" (ibid.). But a few days later he makes the argument for furniture without mentioning Mauve, except to say that Mauve has lent him the money to pay for it (JLB 196, 1/3/1882). This will become a common strategy Vincent employs to leverage money out of Theo: to argue that someone else (usually someone whom Theo respects) requires that something be bought. Invariably, these purchases are presented as fait accompli, as is the case here. We suspect that Mauve had no meaningful input on how Vincent spent the money that he borrowed, just as Theo didn't. As an additional incentive for his brother to send him money, Vincent transparently evokes the painful memories of his past self-abusive living arrangements: "For a bed, I'd be content with a woollen [sic] blanket and the floor" (JLB 194, 12/29/1881).

Context:
BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882: "However, Theo, I shall have to dress a little better now."
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "Theo, I'll have to start dressing a bit better now, though."

116. "I know now the direction" BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882.

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "Now I know more or less the direction I must take, and can stand up for it openly ... "

117. "the light is beginning" BVG 172, 1/22/1882.

Context:
BVG 172, 1/22/1882: "Now the light is beginning to dawn, and in spite of everything, the sun is rising."
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "Now it's beginning to dawn on me, and in spite of everything, the sun is rising."

118. already begun to fray See Ch. 16, n. 125. 119. an old woman BVG 173, 1/26/1882. Vincent first mentions this model in the previous letter. She was obviously the product of a long search. "I've already had a number of models, but they're too expensive or they think it too far to come, or they complain later and can't come back regularly. But I think I've done well to find this woman." (JLB 202, 1/22/1882.) This may have been Sien's mother.

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "So I simply toil on with my old crone."

120. the awkward encounter BVG 173, 1/26/1882. Vincent reports that "the model came of her own accord to have a look, even though I only half expected her" (JLB 203, 1/26/1882). This clearly implies that Vincent did not anticipate the encounter between Mauve and the model, and, if he had foreseen it, would have prevented it.

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "… the model came of her own accord to have a look, even though I only half expected her …"

121. posing the hapless woman BVG 173, 1/26/1882.

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "... when this morning the model came of her own accord to have a look, even though I only half expected her, together with Mauve I arranged her in a pose and tried to draw a little, but I can't yet … "

258 122. But the effort collapsed BVG 173, 1/26/1882. Vincent does not say why the effort to draw in Mauve's presence collapsed, only that "together with Mauve I arranged her in a pose and tried to draw a little, but I can't yet."

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "It's not exactly easy for me to get along with Mauve all the time, any more than is the reverse, because I think we're a match for each other as regards nervous energy, and it's a downright effort for him to give me directions, and no less for me to understand them and to attempt to put them into practice."

123. sparking an argument BVG 173, 1/26/1882: For obvious reasons, Vincent does not directly acknowledge a quarrel in his contemporaneous letters to Theo. His effort to paper over the friction is lame and unconvincing. At the end of the same letter, Vincent shows a little more of his hand: "you mustn't hold it against me, I'm very weak" (JLB 203, 1/26/1882). Several months later, he acknowledges at several places that he was angry with Mauve at this time (JLB 219, 4/21/1882).

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "It's not exactly easy for me to get along with Mauve all the time, any more than is the reverse, because I think we're a match for each other as regards nervous energy, and it's a downright effort for him to give me directions, and no less for me to understand them and to attempt to put them into practice. But I think we're beginning to understand each other quite well, and it's already beginning to be a deeper feeling than mere superficial sympathy."

124. "we are equally nervous"

BVG 173, 1/26/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 123.)

Context:
BVG 173, 1/26/1882: "It is not always easy for me to get on with Mauve or vice versa, because I think we are equally nervous; and it costs him a real effort to show me things, and no less for me to understand them and try to put them into practice."
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "It's not exactly easy for me to get along with Mauve all the time, any more than is the reverse, because I think we're a match for each other as regards nervous energy, and it's a downright effort for him to give me directions, and no less for me to understand them and to attempt to put them into practice."

125. but the episode upset him BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: At the time, Vincent does not admit to Theo the connection between Mauve's visit and his illness. Instead, he claims that he "spent three days or so lying in bed with fever and anxiety. ... coming from nervous exhaustion" when Mauve comes to visit him on January 26 (JLB 203, 1/26/1882). Three months later, however, he draws a direct causal connection between the dispute with Mauve and his ill health: "At the end of January -- about a fortnight after my arrival here, I think -- Mauve's attitude towards me suddenly changed very much -- as unfriendly as he had been friendly. I attributed it to dissatisfaction with my work, and was so anxious and agitated about it that I became extremely upset and fell ill." (JLB 219, 4/21/1882.)

Mauve visited Vincent twice in the second half of January, the first time on or soon after January 22. This encounter, too, involved a model. "I believe it was actually caused by my having arranged with Mauve to do things with the model and outdoors, and then I suddenly thought ... perhaps I can't do it because I won't have a penny in two days' time and then M. will think that I haven't done it through cowardice" (JLB 202, 1/22/1882). This may have been the first encounter that Vincent speaks of later that made him "so anxious and agitated about it that I became extremely upset and fell ill" (JLB 219, 4/21/1882). The second visit, on January 26, would then be the visit that Vincent describes this way: "Mauve then came to see me and reassured me that everything would be all right and put courage into me" (ibid.). However, it is clear from Vincent's letter at the time that he and his teacher quarreled on January 26 (JLB 203, 1/26/1882). Dating the beginning of the dispute-disillusionment with Mauve to the earlier encounter (circa January 22) would bring it more into line with Vincent's dating of the change in Mauve's attitude toward him to "a fortnight after my arrival here" (JLB 219, 4/21/1882).

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: At the end of January -- about a fortnight after my arrival here, I think -- Mauve's attitude towards me suddenly changed very much -- as unfriendly as he had been friendly. I attributed it to dissatisfaction with my work, and was so anxious and agitated about it that I became extremely upset and fell ill, as I wrote to you at the time. Mauve then came to see me and reassured me that everything would be all right and put courage into me.

126. "fever and nerves" BVG 173, 1/26/1882. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 173, 1/26/1882: "… I have not been well, and have been in bed for almost three days with fever and nervousness …"
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "I fell ill and spent three days or so lying in bed with fever and anxiety."

127. kind of amateur posturing Amateurism was an accusation to which Vincent was extremely sensitive, no doubt because of his late start and lack of formal training. When he rented the studio in The Hague, he wrote: "now that I'm in my own studio, it will most probably make a not unfavourable impression on some people who until now have thought that I'm merely dabbling, idling or loafing about" (JLB 196, 1/3/1882). The question of Vincent's amateurism comes up explicitly a few months later, in May 1882, in a way that suggests it was already an established point of contention between teacher and former student. "Mauve blames me for saying, I'm an artist -- which I won't take back" (JLB 224, 5/7/1882). 128. "He spoke to me" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "Once he spoke to me about drawing from casts in a way such as the worst teacher at the academy would not have spoken ..."
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "Once he spoke to me about drawing from plaster casts in a tone that even the worst teacher at the academy wouldn't have used ..."

129. He accused Mauve BVG 173, 1/26/1882: In fact, Vincent did not share these accusations with Theo at the time. Instead, he constructed increasingly complex rationales for why Mauve was ignoring or mistreating him and advertised these to Theo. It is unclear to what extent these were purely for Theo's consumption and to what extent Vincent allowed himself to believe them as well. But the later recollections of his bitter and betrayed feelings probably better suggest what was going on in his head and his heart, and probably some of the things that he was saying directly to Mauve when he got one of his increasingly rare opportunities to speak with him.

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "It's not exactly easy for me to get along with Mauve all the time, any more than is the reverse, because I think we're a match for each other as regards nervous energy, and it's a downright effort for him to give me directions, and no less for me to understand them and to attempt to put them into practice."

130. "narrow-minded" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "Mauve's talk also became narrow-minded, if I may call it so, as it used to be broad-minded."
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "The way Mauve talked also became just as narrow-minded, if I may put it like that, as previously broad-minded."

131. "unfriendly" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "Near the end of January, I think a fortnight after my arrival here, Mauve's attitude toward me changed suddenly -- became as unfriendly as it had been friendly before."
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "At the end of January -- about a fortnight after my arrival here, I think -- Mauve's attitude towards me suddenly changed very much -- as unfriendly as he had been friendly."

132. "moody and rather unkind" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "Well, then he was very kind to me again -- but though I still visited Mauve once in a while, Mauve was moody and rather unkind."
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "At any rate, he was again very friendly to me -- but although I still went to see Mauve, Mauve remained uneasy and rather unfriendly."

133. secretly disliked his work BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "I attributed it to dissatisfaction with my work, and was so anxious and agitated about it that I became extremely upset and fell ill, as I wrote to you at the time."

134. "that I should give it up" BVG 184, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882.

Context:
BVG 184, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882: "As to the money for Tersteeg, when I first arrived here, he and Mauve were so kind and said I need not worry; but in less than a month they suddenly changed and spoke quite differently, thinking perhaps that I should give up."
JLB 214, 4/2/1882: "Regarding the money owed to Tersteeg, when I first came here, he and Mauve were so friendly and said I didn't have to worry at all -- but in less than a month they'd turned around and were talking completely differently. Perhaps thinking that I'd collapse."

135. "exasperating" BVG 173, 1/26/1882.

Context:
BVG 173, 1/26/1882: "It's exasperating, for it's no small difficulty."
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "It's enough to drive one to distraction, for it's no small difficulty."

136. "hopeless" BVG 173, 1/26/1882.

Context:
BVG 173, 1/26/1882: "Now I have some hope myself, and I will work hard on them, but it is often hopeless enough, for when I try to work them up, they become too heavy."
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "Well, I also have hope and I'll work myself to the bone, but one is sometimes driven to desperation when one wants to work something up a bit more and it turns out thick."

137. virtually gave up trying BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: Vincent continued to use watercolor as he had used it before his brief honeymoon with Mauve, for highlights and filling in drawings with color. But he did not resume any serious effort in watercolor until mid-July 1882. At that time, he says of his first efforts: "I did them to test whether now, after doing nothing but drawing for a time (around six months), I found watercolours easier" (JLB 250, 7/23/1882).

Context:
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "The reason why I have put aside paintings and watercolors for a time is that Mauve's desertion gave me a great shock."

138. "getting more used to" BVG 174, 2/13/1882.

Context:
BVG 174, 2/13/1882: "Well, I am getting more used to my model, and for that very reason I must continue with her."
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "I'm also beginning to feel more at home with my model, and that's precisely the reason why I must continue with her now."

139. "Mauve has done very little" BVG 175, 2/13/1882.

Context:
BVG 175, 2/13/1882: "Lately Mauve has done very little for me, and once he himself said, I am not always in a mood to show you things …"
JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: " I've had very little help from Mauve recently, and he once said: I don't always feel like showing you."

140. "I am not always" BVG 175, 2/13/1882.

Context:
BVG 175, 2/13/1882: "Lately Mauve has done very little for me, and once he himself said, I am not always in a mood to show you things; sometimes I am too tired, and then you will damn well have to wait for the right moment. "
JLB 209, 3/6-3/9/1882: "I've had very little help from Mauve recently, and he once said: I don't always feel like showing you. Sometimes I'm so tired, and then, for God's sake, you'll just have to wait for a more opportune moment."

141. In a poisonous pique

Because he was trying to conceal from Theo his estrangement from Mauve, Vincent does not describe this confrontation and stinging rebuke until several months later, in April. Its exact relationship to the other major events of his falling-out with Mauve is not clear, as the details come out only belatedly and intermittently, and Vincent was hardly ever clear on sequencing. However, Vincent's later account would appear to put this episode close to mid-February. He first dates Mauve's change of attitude toward him "at the end of January – about a fortnight after my arrival here" (JLB 219, 4/21/1882). This would probably be the January 22 or January 26 encounter. (See Ch. 16, n. 125.) Then he places this confrontation "one evening shortly afterwards" (ibid.). It is clear that Mauve's banishment was effective by February 13, although Vincent, of course, does not reveal any of these dramatic events at the time, but attributes Mauve's sequestration entirely to his work and consequent "illness" (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882).

142. "spitefully" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "Among other things, Mauve began to imitate my speech and my manners, saying, 'Your face looks like this,' 'You speak like this' -- all in a spiteful way."
JLB 219, 4/23/1882: "Mauve began to do things like imitate my speech and my mannerisms, saying 'that's the face you pull,' 'this is how you talk,' in a hateful way ..."

143. "nervous and flurried" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882.

Context:
BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: "All the anxiety and worry cannot but make me nervous and flurried in speech and manner."
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "All that fear and sorrow cannot but make one agitated and nervous in speech and manner ... "

144. "He is very clever" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882. We have combined elements from both translations.

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "But he is very clever at those things, and I must say it was like a good caricature of me, but drawn with hatred."
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "... but he's very good at it, and I must admit it was a striking yet hatefully drawn caricature of me."

145. "If you had spent" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882.

Context:
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "My dear fellow, if you had spent damp nights in the streets of London or cold nights in the Borinage as I have done, hungry, roofless, feverish, perhaps you'd also have the occasional ugly tic, and something in your voice, to show for it."

146. real response came later BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: Because Vincent mentions it only months afterward, the exact timing of the argument after which Vincent cast the plasters into the coalbin is unclear. It was apparently sometime between January 26 and February 13, 1882.

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "… at home I got so angry about it that I threw the poor plaster mouldings into the coal-scuttle, broken."

147. the plaster casts he had Why these casts were in Vincent's studio is a bit of a mystery. He told Theo in no uncertain terms: "I utterly detest drawing from plaster casts" (JLB 219, 4/21/1882). Yet he "had a couple of hands and feet hanging in the studio, though not for drawing" (ibid.). If not for drawing purposes, then for what? As decoration? Two possibilities suggest themselves, both unflattering of Vincent, but in different ways. He may have bought the plaster casts with his very limited money as a way of making his apartment look more like an artist's studio. This might have been necessary (in his view) to convince the "models" he recruited that he was, in fact, an artist. If true, this may relate to Mauve's presumed accusation that Vincent was play-acting being an artist; and it would help explain Vincent's sensitivity to Mauve's criticism on this subject. The other possibility is that Mauve lent Vincent the plasters (in support of his instruction to draw from them) and that Vincent's destruction of them was a very targeted blow against his teacher. 148. coalbin, smashing them BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "Once he spoke to me about drawing from plaster casts in a tone that even the worst teacher at the academy wouldn't have used, and I held my peace, but at home I got so angry about it that I threw the poor plaster mouldings into the coal-scuttle, broken."

149. "I will draw" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "… I'll draw from plaster casts when you lot become whole and white again and there are no longer any hands and feet of living people to draw."

259 150. "Don't mention plaster" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "I then said to Mauve, old chap, don't speak to me of plaster casts any more, because I can't stand it."

151. Mauve immediately banished BVG 193, 5/14/1882. Vincent admits elsewhere that he was refused entrance to the studio in what must have been embarrassing scenes: "And a couple of times I was told he wasn't at home, and anyway there was every sign of a decided coolness"(JLB 219, 4/21/1882). For obvious reasons, Vincent was never clear on the chronology of his banishment from Mauve's life. The latter of the two passages suggests that there was a period of increasing estrangement before the episode with the plaster casts that resulted in the total banishment sometime around February 13. In the contemporaneous letters, Vincent tried repeatedly to make excuses to Theo (and perhaps to himself) for Mauve's alienation. At first, he talked about how busy Mauve was, then he insinuated that the cause was Mauve's "ill health" (JLB 219, 4/21/1882). "I have a bit of bad news to tell you, namely that Mauve is in fact very ill again -- the usual, of course. But there's also a bit of good news: I can rest assured that it's due to his illness that he's been so unfriendly to me recently, and not because my work was going in the wrong direction." (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882.) Of course, this was misleading in several ways: Vincent knew that Mauve's "unfriendliness" was a result of their escalating fight over drawing from plaster casts; and he did, in fact, think that Mauve believed his work was "going in the wrong direction," as he later admits (JLB 219, 4/21/1882). The insinuation of Mauve's illness ("the usual") is probably a reference to the artist's well-known problems with depression (see Keefe, p. 78).

This explanation for the breakup with Mauve has been taken up by various writers. While it may have been a compounding factor, we think Vincent's paranoid defensiveness was the key factor. Someone less sensitive would have simply withdrawn at the first signs of his teacher's impatience or aggravation and waited for the storm of depression (if that's what it was) to pass. Vincent could not do that. Other commentators, starting with Bonger, attribute Mauve's hostility to Vincent to his affair with Sien. (See, for example: "The truth had finally been admitted. It was his relation with his model that had estranged Tersteeg and Mauve from him." [Hulsker, Vincent and Theo, p. 121.]) We think they are conflating the early estrangement (as early as January) with the later discovery of the relationship with Sien, which, no doubt, further alienated Mauve and others. As discussed in the next chapter, we believe that Sien did not become a regular feature of Vincent's life until February (by Vincent's telling, they met in late January [JLB 228, 5/16/1882]), although the model in Vincent's studio when Mauve visited in January may have been her mother. But even if Sien was present in the studio this early in January, it was too early for imputations of a relationship to produce a complete break only two weeks later.

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "… he wrote to me 'I don't want to have anything to do with you for two months.' Since I broke the plaster casts."

152. "not to have anything" BVG 193, 5/14/1882: According to Vincent, it was Mauve who wrote that he did not want to see or work with Vincent for two months. However, this distinction is offered about three months after the fact, soon after Vincent has made an attempt at rapprochement with Mauve, an attempt that Mauve rebuffed. We suspect that Vincent built the expiration into Mauve's rejection in order to justify his subsequent effort to reestablish contact. The fact that Mauve rejected it suggests either that he never intended to reestablish contact (and the time limit was Vincent's invention), or that additional grievances arose since the letter in February referred to here.

Context:
BVG 193, 5/14/1882: "But since I threw the plaster casts into the coalbin, he wrote me, 'I won't have anything to do with you for two months.'"
JLB 228, 5/16/1882: "...but since he wrote to me, 'I don't want to have anything to do with you for two months.' Since I broke the plaster casts." (emphasis added).

153. lasted barely a month Vincent arrived in The Hague at Christmas 1881. By February 13, he has stopped describing any interaction with Mauve and he is back to drawing pen drawings (JLB 204, 2/13/1882). He tells Theo that he is no longer allowed to see Mauve at all (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882). Not until several months later does he share some of the details of their estrangement (JLB 219, 4/21/1882), which really began in late January (JLB 203, 1/26/1882). Vincent himself puts the length of time before Mauve became "unfriendly" at about "a fortnight" (two weeks) after he arrived (JLB 219, 4/21/1882). 154. he had long supported Stolwijk, "Un marchand avisé," p. 21: Stolwijk makes the interesting additional point that Tersteeg bolstered his position as the central "agent" for the Hague School painters in 1876 by taking a position as secretary of the Dutch Drawing Society (Hollandsche Teeken-Maatschappij), which also held annual sales exhibitions. 155. sponging off his uncles BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882: This accusation clearly continued to rankle. When he arrived in The Hague in late December 1881 and rented a studio, Vincent made this comment.

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "And now that I'm in my own studio, it will most probably make a not unfavorable impression on some people who until now have thought that I'm merely dabbling, idling or loafing about."

156. "all had been forgiven" BVG 326, 9/21/1883.

Context:
BVG 326, 9/21/1883: "The more so as it would have been better if, from the moment I went to The Hague, we had let bygones be bygones, and all had been forgiven and forgotten, and we had decided to be on good terms with each other, as I told His Honour at the time."
JLB 388, 9/21/1883: "... all the more so since it would have been better if, from the moment when I went to The Hague, all that was in the past had been forgiven and forgotten and we'd resolved to maintain cordial relations, which I discussed with His Hon."

157. "let bygones be bygones" BVG 326, 9/21/1883.

Context:
BVG 326, 9/21/1883: "The more so as it would have been better if, from the moment I went to The Hague, we had let bygones be bygones, and all had been forgiven and forgotten, and we had decided to be on good terms with each other, as I told His Honour at the time."
JLB 388, 9/21/1883: "... all the more so since it would have been better if, from the moment when I went to The Hague, all that was in the past had been forgiven and forgotten and we'd resolved to maintain cordial relations, which I discussed with His Hon."

158. borrowed twenty-five guilders BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
JLB 197, 1/5/1882: "When your letter took so long to arrive (for because it went first to Mauve I got it even later), I had to go to Mr. Tersteeg and he gave me 25 guilders to last until I received your letter."

159. waiting three weeks About two weeks after sending JLB 198, 1/5/1882 or 1/6/1882, Vincent complains again: Tersteeg had promised to come and have a look, but he hasn't been here yet …" (JLB 200, 1/14/1882). Not until January 21, almost a month after his arrival, does Vincent finally report a visit from Tersteeg (JLB 201, 1/21/1882). 160. Vincent's pen drawings BVG 175, 2/13/1882. Regarding his pen drawings, Vincent told another painter, J. H. Weissenbruch, that "Tersteeg had criticized them" (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882). Vincent goes on to tell Theo that Weissenbruch, on the other hand, liked his pen drawings: "those are your best, he said." According to Vincent's story, Weissenbruch told him to "take no notice of " Tersteeg's criticism; but, of course, Vincent could not do that (ibid.). The veracity of Vincent's report of others' opinion of his work is always suspect, whether for outright fabrication or delusional inflation.

Context:
JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "I also asked W. what he thought of my pen drawings. Those are your best, he said."

161. "charmless" and "unsalable" BVG 193, 5/14/1882: This is a recurrent theme in Vincent's disdainful characterization of Tersteeg's position. (See also: "Work one has slaved away at and done one's best to imbue with character and sentiment can be neither disagreeable nor unsaleable" [JLB 215, 4/6/1882] and "Even though this is ' only white and black' and unsaleable??? and disagreeable??? I still hope that there may be something strong in it." [JLB 218, 4/19/1882 or 4/19/1882; emphasis in original.]) We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 193, 5/14/1882: "Dear me, why should I be afraid, what do I care about Tersteeg's "unsaleable" or "without charm" ?"
JLB 228, 5/16/1882: "Oh Lord, why should I be afraid? What do I care about H.G.T.'s 'disagreeable' and 'unsaleable?' "

162. reproached him BVG 188, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 218, 4/18 or 4/19/1882: "And I think that, far from holding it against me for devoting myself specifically to drawing things, one can see it as definite proof that I'm taking the most practical path" (emphasis in original).

163. "There are no models" BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882. We read the implication here to be, "There are no real models in The Hague."

Context:
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: "... there are no models in The Hague."

164. apply himself to watercolor BVG 174, 2/13/1882. More than a year later, Vincent recalls that Tersteeg "told me last year that I should do watercolours" (JLB 356, 6/22/1883).

Context:
JLB 205, 2/18/1882: "But he [Tersteeg] wants them small and only in watercolour and I can't do that yet."

165. landscapes, preferably BVG 174, 2/13/1882: This is implied in Vincent's defiant comment, clearly formulated in defense against Tersteeg's criticisms.

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "I'm really very glad that I've gone on with the figure so far. If I'd been making only landscapes, perhaps I'd already be making something that would fetch a price, but later on I'd end up getting stuck anyway."

166. make smaller works BVG 174, 2/13/1882.

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "When I went to see him Tersteeg I had a couple of drawings, and he said that they were better than the last ones and told me that I should again make a couple of small ones."

167. "character" BVG 188, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882. Also see: "Work one has slaved away at and done one's best to imbue with character and sentiment can be neither disagreeable nor unsaleable" (JLB 215, 4/6/1882).

Context:
BVG 188, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "Though this be 'only black and white' and unsaleable??? and without charm??? I still hope there may be some character in it."
JLB 218, 4/18 or 4/19/1882: "Even though this is ' only white and black' and unsaleable??? and disagreeable??? I still hope that there may be something strong in it." (Emphasis in original.)

168. dismissed their contents Even though Tersteeg disapproved of Vincent's drawings, he was apparently taken aback by the quantity of them, which prompted Vincent's comment: "Tersteeg thinks, because I work so much, that it's easy, that's where he's also mistaken. But I'm actually a drudge or a draught ox." (JLB 210, 3/11/1882.) This is probably the thrust of another Tersteeg comment that Vincent relates: "you have too much patience" -- meaning that Vincent seems content to create endless variations on the same type of figure drawing without making any progress: i.e., selling anything (ibid.). As part of his general rejection of salability, Vincent, of course, turns this criticism on its head. "Those words aren't right, one can't have too much patience in art, that word is beyond the pale. Perhaps in my case Mr. H.G.T. has too little patience." (ibid.) 169. "a waste of time" BVG 220, 7/26/1882.

Context:
BVG 220, 7/26/1882: "Tersteeg called my activities a waste of time, but you will soon see that I have gained time."
JLB 251, 7/26/1882: "Tersteeg said that what I was doing was a waste of time …"

170. "is a kind of narcotic" BVG 180, 3/11/1882: We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "That is a kind of narcotic which you take in order not to feel the pain not being able to make watercolours causes you."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "… that'sa kind of opium daze you administer to yourself so as not to feel the pain you suffer at not being able to make watercolours."

171. "thoughtless" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "Well, that's a very fine idea, but it is thoughtless, superficial and not to the point; the main reason for my not being able to make watercolours is that I must draw even more seriously, paying greater attention to proportions and perspective."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Now then, that's very cleverly put, but that expression is actually ill-considered, superficial and doesn't hold water (the main reason I can't make watercolours straightaway is that I must draw more seriously and pay attention to proportion and perspective)."

172. "[they] have a great deal" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "He condemns my drawings, which have a great deal of good in them, and I did not expect this of him."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "He condemns drawings of mine which contain much that is good, and I hadn't expected that of His Hon."

173. both more difficult BVG 176, 2/18/1882.

Context:
JLB 205, 2/18/1882: "Drawing is the most important thing, no matter what they say, and far and away the most difficult as well."

260 174. "serious" BVG 180, 3/11/1882. Elsewhere, Vincent dismisses watercolor as "a procedure that's actually only half suited to the rendering of what I want to express, according to my own character and according to my own temperament" (JLB 210, 3/11/1882).

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "The main reason for my not being able to make watercolors is that I must draw even more seriously, paying greater attention to proportions and perspective."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "The main reason I can't make watercolours straightaway is that I must draw more seriously and pay attention to proportion and perspective."

175. "I shall not run" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: " I won't run after the art lovers or dealers, let those who are interested come to me. In due time we shall reap if we faint not."

176. "flatter the public" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "Believe me, in art matters the saying, "Honesty is the best policy," is true; rather more trouble on a serious study than a kind of chic to flatter the public."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Believe me that in artistic matters the words hold true: Honesty is the best policy. Better to put a bit more effort into serious study than being stylish to win over the public."

177. "to be true to myself" BVG 180, 3/11/1882. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "Sometimes in moments of worry I have longed for some of that chic, but thinking it over I say, No, let me be true to myself, and express severe, rough but true things in a rough manner."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Occasionally, in times of worry, I've longed to be stylish, but on second thoughts I say no -- just let me be myself -- and express severe, rough, yet true things with rough workmanship."

178. himself an eager novice BVG 171, 1/21/1882.

Context:
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "With regard to the size of the drawings or the subjects, I'll gladly listen to what Mr. Theo. or Mauve has to say about it. I've been working on several large ones recently, because no matter what, I must get over that dry manner in which my studies of this summer were done."

179. "Since when can they force" BVG 183, 3/24/1882.

Context:
JLB 213, 3/24/1882: " Since when, I'd like to know, is one allowed to force or try to force an artist to change either his working method or his ideas?"

180. "I will not let myself" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "He must see now, once and for all, that I take things seriously and will not let myself be forced to produce work that does not show my own character."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Now he must see, once and for all, that I'm setting to work seriously and won't let myself be forced into sending work into the world that doesn't bear the stamp of my own character."

181. sending Tersteeg a letter BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: Vincent does not acknowledge this letter until several months later, although Theo apparently heard about it at the time from Tersteeg. In his paranoia, Vincent has taken some of Mauve's criticisms ("you don't earn your bread" or "you idle") as evidence that Tersteeg "poisoned" him against Vincent (JLB 219, 4/21/1882). (In fairness, these were not obscure, unreasonable, or unexpectable questions under the circumstances. It is equally possible either that Vincent just imagined the connection or that Mauve and Tersteeg had indeed talked and shared a concern about Vincent's dim prospects for commercial success as an artist.) Vincent later tells the story: "After that I couldn't get the thought of Tersteeg out of my mind, and I thought, is it possible, my dear H.G.T., that Your Hon. is behind this? And I wrote a short but not impolite letter to H.G.T. Deliberately not impolite, though I said to him: Sir, it grieves me so if this or that is said of me, for example, you don't earn your bread or you idle, you must realize that things like that are too crass for me to let them pass, and it makes my heart weak. These last few years I've had trouble enough because of that kind of thing, and it seems to me that now they should come to an end. That was the letter which H.G.T. spoke to you about on his first visit to Paris." (ibid.; emphasis in original.) Vincent's insistently defensive description of this note as " not impolite, deliberately not impolite" should probably be viewed with skepticism, given his always incendiary relationship with Tersteeg, and given his subsequent description of the letter's contents.

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "And I wrote a short but not impolite letter to H.G.T."

182. he also suspected This paranoid delusion (although not necessarily untrue) had formed by the time Vincent visited Tersteeg after his return from Paris, where he had met with Theo. Vincent later described the accusatory confrontation this way: "When he [Tersteeg] returned from Paris, I went to see him and said that I hoped he'd forgive me if I'd said things about His Hon. that weren't applicable [i.e., the suspension of payments from Theo], because I was in the dark as to the cause of my predicament. At any rate, he was again very friendly to me." (JLB 219, 4/21/1882.) Tersteeg's determined courtesy comes through in an earlier account, probably of the same encounter, in which Vincent says that the gérant tepidly complimented some drawings Vincent had brought ("he said that they were better than the last ones" [JLB 204, 2/13/1882]), although, given the circumstances and subsequent reports, the veracity of Vincent's account is suspect on this score.

Because he was afraid that Theo had received negative reports on his work from Tersteeg, Vincent was no doubt desperate to undermine and counterbalance them. (See Ch. 16, n. 184.) Vincent reports that this exchange took place in his first meeting with Tersteeg that month (before February 13), not the second one (February 18-25) where it is situated by this note, but on the latter trip, he reports in a similar vein that Tersteeg bought a watercolor from him for ten guilders (JLB 205, 2/18/1882). What Vincent fails to mention about either encounter is that money was the scarcely-hidden subtext. The "purchase" of the watercolor was a cover for an advance when Theo's money failed to appear and the tepid compliments came at a time when Theo had failed to send his monthly installment of 100 francs on time and Vincent suspected that Tersteeg was to blame. The logical, but unsupported, conclusion is that the busy gérant did or said whatever was necessary to get Vincent out of his office as promptly as possible.

183. "Is it possible" BVG 175, 2/13/1882.

Context:
JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "I think it possible that you may have heard something from Tersteeg that puzzled you again."

184. Vincent inquired afterward BVG 175, 2/13/1882. Vincent's report of a conversation with the artist Jan Hendrik Weissenbruch is especially suspect because of the way it is targeted at Tersteeg's credibility: "I also asked W. what he thought of my pen drawings. Those are your best, he said. And I told him that Tersteeg had criticized them. Take no notice of it, he said, when Mauve said there was a painter in you, Tersteeg said no, and Mauve took your side against Tersteeg, and I was there, and if it happens again, I too will take your side, now that I've seen your work." (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882; emphasis added.) It is probably also significant that Vincent sent Theo a second letter the same day (February 13) to relate this conversation and to explain why he was no longer seeing Mauve. After sending the first letter that day, he no doubt felt compelled to counter what he feared Tersteeg had told Theo about his problems with Mauve (JLB 204, 2/13/1882). That is why the second letter opens with reassurances that it is only because Mauve is "far from well" that Vincent has not seen him. Indeed, Vincent is quite direct about this (although the information he purveys is, at best, incomplete). He writes, "I can rest assured that it's due to his illness that he's been so unfriendly to me recently, and not because my work was going in the wrong direction" (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882). He is also uncharacteristically frank about why he is rushing this information to Theo: "You now have these particulars because I can't understand why you've neither written nor sent anything this month. I think it possible that you may have heard something from Tersteeg that puzzled you again" (ibid.). 185. payment still did not come

Vincent apparently waited a week or two before confronting Tersteeg directly. (See Ch. 16, n. 187.)

186. "His Honor" BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882.

Context:
BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: "So that in six months or a year he will either leave me utterly cold, or, or I will perhaps have found a way of getting on better with His Hon. Meanwhile -- he is still His Hon to me. Those are not the terms in which one thinks of somebody for whom one feels warm sympathy. 'His Hon.'"
JLB 212, 3/16-3/20/1882: "So that in half a year or a year he'll either leave me completely cold or -- or perhaps -- I'll find a way to get along better with His Hon. Meanwhile -- he's His Hon. to me."

187. giving him ten guilders BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882: Vincent is maddeningly obscure about his meetings with Tersteeg in February. There appear to have been at least three: one before February 13 (related in [JLB 204, 2/13/1882]), one between February 13 and February 18 (JLB 205, 2/18/1882), and one between February 18 and February 25 (when 100 francs from Theo arrived) (related in [JLB 208, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882]). But it is possible that the last two of these are the same encounter described in two very different modes. The fact that Vincent recalls Tersteeg buying a drawing for 10 guilders at the second of these meetings (February 13-18) and "giving" him 10 guilders at the third meeting may just be coincidence, or it may be Vincent's recharacterizing the same transaction. He does say, on February 18, in the heat of anger, that the sale of the drawing to Tersteeg "don't count," so the later mention of a 10-guilder gift-loan may reflect that revision of events (JLB 205, 2/18/1882). It is also possible that Vincent was simply lying to Theo when he told him that Tersteeg bought a watercolor, although this would have been a dangerously discoverable deception. We think it is more likely that when Theo's money did not appear, Vincent needed another 10 guilders (which he said was only enough to last him a week) and went to Tersteeg for an "advance" on the money Theo was supposed to send (JLB 205, 2/18/1882). This would have been ample justification for Tersteeg to admonish Vincent about continuing to live off of his younger brother's generosity, thus triggering the subsequent conflagration. 188. "so many reproaches" BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882.

Context:
BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882: "Then why is it that when I asked Tersteeg some days ago for 10 guilders, he gave them to me, but accompanied by so many reproaches -- I might almost say insults -- that I could hardly control myself, though I did."
JLB 208, 3/6-3/9/1882: "But why, then, when I asked Tersteeg for 10 guilders the other day, did he give it to me with so many reproaches, and I'd almost say insults, that I almost couldn't restrain myself, though I did restrain myself."

189. he should give it up BVG 184, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882.

Context:
BVG 184, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882: "As to the money for Tersteeg, when I first arrived here, he and Mauve were so kind and said I need not worry; but in less than a month they suddenly changed and spoke quite differently, thinking perhaps that I should give up."
JLB 214, 4/2/1882: "Regarding the money owed to Tersteeg, when I first came here, he and Mauve were so friendly and said I didn't have to worry at all -- but in less than a month they'd turned around and were talking completely differently. Perhaps thinking that I'd collapse."

190. "You must earn" BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882.

Context:
JLB 208, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "You have to earn your bread."

191. get a job BVG 433, 11/10/1885-11/20/1885. Vincent doesn't reveal this bit of Tersteeg's "advice" until almost four years later.

Context:
JLB 541, 11/14/1885: "As for 'doing something on the side' -- right from the outset Tersteeg, for instance, nagged me about it. And that was nagging, whatever else one may think of Tersteeg." (Emphasis in original.)

192. "taking money" BVG 183, 3/24/1882: Tersteeg himself confirmed that he had told Vincent this hard truth in a conversation with Vincent's father in June. Dorus reported to Theo: "Tersteeg pointed out to him [Vincent] that it was not appropriate that at his age he was being supported by his brother ("b2240 V/1982, ''Gogh, Theodorus van'' to ''Gogh, Theo van'', 6/14/1882).

Context:
BVG 183, 3/24/1882: "I think they would not begrudge me the little money I get from you which keeps me afloat in these hard times, nor unnerve me by reproaches for taking it from you."
JLB 213, 3/24/1882: "I don't think they'd begrudge me that little bit of money I get from you, which allows me to keep my head above water at this difficult time, or make me faint-hearted by reproaching me because of what I get from you."

193. "You started too late" BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882.

Context:
BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882: "One objection which has great weight with me is that you started too late."
JLB 208, 3/6-3/9/1882: "... for me it counts heavily against you that you started too late."

194. "Of one thing" BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882.

Context:
JLB 208, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "I'm absolutely certain that you're no artist."

195. " ni fait ni à faire" BVG 336, 10/28/1883. This judgment was so devastating that Vincent did not report it to Theo until a year and a half later: "At the very moment when one hasn't yet shed one's superficial awkwardness, isn't yet polished, a 'good for nothing' is enough to cause despondency for six months" (JLB 400, 10/28/1883).

Context:
BVG 336, 10/28/1883: "Just at the very moment when one has not yet lost one's outer clumsiness, when one is still green, a 'ni fait ni a faire' [neither done nor to be done] is enough to cause discouragement for half a year, after which one at last sees that one ought not to have let oneself be led astray."
JLB 400, 10/28/1883: "At the very moment when one hasn't yet shed one's superficial awkwardness, isn't yet polished, a 'good for nothing' is enough to cause despondency for six months, until one eventually sees after all that one shouldn't have let oneself be disoriented."

196. "You failed before" BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: "Things didn't go well for you earlier either, and it was a failure, and now it's the same all over again."

197. "This painting of yours" BVG 219, 7/23/1882. This recollection of Tersteeg's words comes about three months after a similar one: "Things didn't go well for you earlier either, and it was a failure, and now it's the same all over" (JLB 220, 4/23/1882). These may well be two different recollections of the same reproach and not two different reproaches. The same exchange may be the subject of an even later comment (suggesting how deeply these criticisms were burned into Vincent's memory): "You mustn't say anything about this, brother, for if certain persons knew such a thing it would be: oh, see, we foresaw and foretold that long in advance" (JLB 403, 11/5/1883).

Context:
JLB 250, 7/23/1882: "He told me that himself ... 'Oh, it will be the same with that painting of yours as with all the other things you've started -- it won't come to anything.'"

198. "such things [as] pierce" BVG 187, 4/15/1882: In his letters, Vincent poured out his belated rebuttals, each more furiously wounded than the last. He attacked Tersteeg for his feigned courtesy ("I wish that Tersteeg and others who claim to be fond of me or willing to help me would ask me for things I can make instead of demanding impossibilities" [JLB 213, 3/24/1882; emphasis in original]) and craven "materialism" ("Theo, remain something better than HGT. … The thing is, Theo, my brother, not to let your hands be tied by anyone, especially not with a gilt chain." [JLB 211, 3/11/1882]). Vincent went to great lengths of tortured sophistry to explain why Tersteeg's invocation of his past failures was nothing but tortured sophistry. In response to the accusation, "It was a failure, and now it's the same all over again," Vincent responded angrily: "Stop right there -- no, it's wholly different from before, and that line of reasoning is in fact fallacious. That I wasn't suited to commerce or professional studies in no way proves that I'd also be unfit to be a painter. On the contrary, if I were fit to be a clergyman or a dealer selling the work of others, perhaps I wouldn't have been fit for painting and drawing, and wouldn't have both handed in and been given my notice as such." (JLB 220, 4/23/1882.) This compounded tautology is unusually clumsy for Vincent's disputations -- an indicator, no doubt, of the devastating impact of Tersteeg's accusations.

Context:
BVG 187, 4/15/1882: "Such things really don't hurt less but infinitely more than what I said to him -- such things sometimes pierce the heart and deeply grieve the soul."
JLB 217, 4/14/1882: "You see, truly, things like that certainly offend not less, but infinitely more, than what I said to His Hon., things like that sometimes cut right through one and sting one to the quick" (emphasis in original).

199. an unreasoning personal antipathy BVG 187, 4/15/1882.

Context:
JLB 217, 4/14/1882: "Let him buy my work or not according to whether I progress or whether or not he wants it, either for himself or for another art lover. But it's not exactly fair to let a personal antipathy influence the judgement of a work or, conversely, to let oneself be led by the personal appeal of this artist or that to overlook the faults in his work."

200. "For years he has" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: " For years he has considered me a kind of incompetent dreamer; he still does; and even says of my drawing, 'That is a kind of narcotic which you take in order not to feel the pain not being able to make watercolours causes you.'"
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: " For years he's thought me a kind of blockhead and dreamer, he still views me as such, and even says about my drawings: that's a kind of opium daze you administer to yourself so as not to feel the pain you suffer at not being able to make watercolours."

201. "[He] always starts" BVG 219, 7/23/1882.

Context:
BVG 219, 7/23/1882: "When judging me and my behaviour, Tersteeg always starts with the fixed idea that I can do nothing and am good for nothing."
JLB 250, 7/23/1882: "In judging me and my behaviour, Tersteeg always starts from the premise that I'm incapable of anything and am good for nothing. "

202. "I do indeed" BVG 219, 7/23/1882.

Context:
BVG 219, 7/23/1882: "No, since I do indeed have the artistic sense in the very marrow of my bones, I think it's much better to go quietly camping in the meadows or the dunes, or to work in the studio from the model, without paying the slightest attention to him."
JLB 250, 7/23/1882: "No, it seems to me more self-restrained, precisely because it (the artistic) is in fact in my very marrow, to go on bivouacking with my things in meadows or dunes very calmly, or to work in the studio with a model without taking the slightest notice of him."

261 203. "ask for things" BVG 183, 3/24/1882; emphasis added.

Context:
BVG 183, 3/24/1882: "I wish Tersteeg or others who pretend to be friendly or to want to help me would ask for things that I can make, instead of asking for impossible things which discourage instead of encourage me."
JLB 213, 3/24/1882: "I wish that Tersteeg and others who claim to be fond of me or willing to help me would ask me for things I can make instead of demanding impossibilities that discourage rather than encourage me" (emphasis in original).

204. sent to the guillotine BVG 248, 11/26/1882-11/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 288, 11/26/1882-11/27/1882: "One would like to speak like the men of 93, we must do this and that, first those, then those, then the last will die, it's a duty so it goes without saying, and nothing more need be added."

205. tried to calm the tempest In his effort to excuse Tersteeg's behavior, Theo probably tried to pass it off as merely "idiosyncratic," as he did in a letter the following year (1883) to which Vincent replied: "I believe it's still the case that he thinks, as you described to me very correctly at the time, 'now he's bothered by the way I'd shake his hand,' in short, those little antipathies that make one prefer not to see someone" (JLB 356, 6/22/1883). But Theo also could not resist scolding his brother for quarreling too much (a criticism implied in Vincent's rebuttal: "One can't always be friends, one must also quarrel occasionally" [JLB 208, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882]), and for using overly "harsh" language ("You'll perhaps find it rather harsh, what I wrote to you about Tersteeg" [JLB 210, 3/11/1882]). Theo also had the temerity to compliment a watercolor Vincent had sent him, appearing to side with Tersteeg.

Vincent responded furiously to the compliment, almost detecting in it the feared conspiracy between his brother and his nemesis: "You wrote something to me which you perhaps thought would make me happy, but it didn't make me happy. You said that that small watercolour is the best thing of mine you've seen -- well, that isn't true, because those studies of mine you have are much better, and the pen drawings of last summer are also better, because that little drawing means nothing; anyhow, I only sent it to you to show that my working with watercolour at some point wasn't an impossibility." (JLB 206, 2/25/1882.) Vincent always suspected some back-channel communications between the two gérants. In May, he was apparently forced to give Theo more details about the encounter with the Strickers the previous year after Tersteeg reported to Theo that he had seen the burns where Vincent had held his hand over the lamp flame (JLB 228, 5/16/1882). A letter from Dorus to Theo in June confirms that Vincent's suspicions were justified. On a visit to The Hague to see Vincent in hospital, Dorus met with Tersteeg who gave him a detailed summary of the problems with Vincent. Dorus repeated the summary in his letter then added: "Tersteeg knew these particulars from you or through your writing" (b2240 V/1982, ''Gogh, Theodorus van'' to ''Gogh, Theo van'', 6/14/1882).

206. "remain on good terms" BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882: Vincent spits the advice back at him.

Context:
BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882: "Dear Theo, you may say, 'You must remain on good terms with Tersteeg, he is almost like an elder brother to us.'"
JLB 208, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "My dear Theo, you say 'be sure and stay good friends with T., for he's almost like an elder brother to us.'"

207. the dandy parvenu usurper BVG 206, 6/8/1882-6/9/1882: Vincent is scathing on the superficiality of Tersteeg's elegance -- obviously a source of deep resentment for the rough and defiantly disheveled Vincent.

Context:
JLB 237, 6/8/1882: "In short, with all his superficially refined politeness, with his superficially civilized manners, his smart clothes and so on and so on, on consideration and also looking back on it, I find something malicious in His Hon.'s character" (emphasis in original).

208. listed in obsessive detail BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: Vincent relentlessly picks apart the few instances of Tersteeg helping him in the past. Although we believe Tersteeg was almost certainly prompted by Theo in these isolated acts of support for Vincent's artistic enterprise, Vincent's indictment is still notably lame: (1) Tersteeg sent Vincent a paint box rather than money; (2) he made Vincent ask four times before sending the Bargue; (3) he didn't say things to make Vincent feel better about his bad drawings. Vincent continues the indictment: "When I showed him some drawings again last summer, he said: I hadn't expected this -- but he didn't help me, and wasn't at all inclined to take back what he'd said. When I came to The Hague anyway, without asking His Hon.'s advice, he tried to trip me up, I heard that he laughed at my becoming a painter ..." (JLB 221, 4/26/1882; emphasis in original.) These accusations seem even more strained: (4) Tersteeg did not follow through on his compliment; (5) he complimented Vincent but did not take back his earlier criticism; (6) he did not want to see Vincent -- even though Vincent had defied him by coming to The Hague; (7) he heard (from some unnamed third party) that Tersteeg had laughed at the idea of Vincent becoming a painter. All in all, Vincent sounds more spoiled than wronged. Of course, by this time, Vincent was desperate to undermine Tersteeg in any way possible, both out of sibling jealousy and, more immediately, out of fear that Tersteeg might tell Theo about Vincent's live-in prostitute, Sien, prompting Theo to cut off his money.

Context:
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "Did he ever help me with this or that -- no. Except for lending me the Bargues, after I had literally begged him for them no less than 4 times. When I sent him my first drawings he sent me a box of paints -- but no money at all. I'm willing to believe that those first drawings weren't worth anything, but look, someone like Tersteeg could have thought, I've known him for such a long time and I want to help him out, and he could have understood that I was so badly in need of it and do indeed have to eat."

209. take back his harsh words BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "By no means do I take it back, though."

210. Vincent flatly refused BVG 180, 3/11/1882. Vincent later describes Tersteeg's "armour" in great detail: "I found his armour enormously thick, so thick that I cannot make up my mind for sure whether the man is made of solid metal, be it steel or silver, or whether deep, deep down inside the iron there is one small corner in which a human heart still beats. If there is no heart in him, then my affection for him has truly run its course." (JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882.)

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "By no means do I take it back, though."

211. include all art dealers BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882.

Context:
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "I don't think very highly of art dealers in general -- it's true."

212. to drive a wedge BVG 181, 3/11/1882. In the next letter Vincent says that he remains "preoccupied" by the question of whether Theo, unlike Tersteeg, is "in fact essentially a dealer" (JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882).

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "Theo, remain something better than HGT. ... The thing is, Theo, my brother, not to let your hands be tied by anyone, especially not with a gilt chain."

213. "Satan" BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882.

Context:
BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: "And that you won't consider it being tempted by Satan."
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "And that you won't consider it a temptation of the devil."

214. For a few delusional weeks BVG 181, 3/11/1882: Vincent first mentions the idea of Theo becoming a painter on March 11. About a week later, he says "it preoccupies me greatly that you might be just such a person -- without knowing it" (JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882). The last he mentions it (for a while, at least) is in the first half of April: "I repeat: if you take up painting you'll succeed and, by your 30th year, you as a painter will have worked your way up, no less so in any respect than at present. A mediocrity in the bad sense of the word will certainly not be the case with you if you take up painting." (JLB 214, 4/2/1882.)

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "Be that as it may, artist is healthier -- pecuniary difficulties are the greatest worry, I repeat, you, and you as a landscape painter, would surmount them sooner than I, though I, too, shall pull through some day."

215. tried again to persuade BVG 181, 3/11/1882: In his fever to persuade Theo to quit dealing and become a painter, Vincent contradicts some of the arguments he was simultaneously making against Tersteeg. For example, after chastising Tersteeg for his emphasis on "earning a living" and defending himself with high-sounding arguments about artistic integrity and self-expression, Vincent plies Theo with arguments about the economic soundness of the decision to become a painter. "Painting is just as good a profession by which to earn a living as, for example, smith or doctor" (JLB 211, 3/11/1882). He also makes this bizarre argument: "People who have the intellect and intelligence, and it goes without saying that I count you among them and I'd like to count myself among them too, it's fitting that they're eminently suited to handiwork" (JLB 214, 4/2/1882).

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "Be that as it may, artist is healthier -- pecuniary difficulties are the greatest worry, I repeat, you, and you as a landscape painter, would surmount them sooner than I, though I, too, shall pull through some day."

216. become an artist BVG 181, 3/11/1882: Vincent pursues this idea with his usual heedless ardor, trying (also typically) to argue that he knows Theo's mind better than Theo knows it himself. "There are also people who are essentially landscapists. And it preoccupies me greatly that you might be just such a person -- without knowing it. The opposite preoccupies me just as much. Namely, Theo, are you in fact essentially a dealer?" (JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882.) Two weeks later, he repeats the plea with even greater urgency: "I wish you'd become a painter, you could do it if you wanted to, and you'd lose nothing by it, only become something better, it seems to me, than if you remain an art dealer, even if you were the very best of art dealers. Still, to make the most of your potential, you'd have to throw yourself into it with all your might." (JLB 213, 3/24/1882.) This plea seems poised somewhere between rhetorical and delusional. In the middle of urging Theo to quit his lucrative job and take up the uncertain finances of an artist, Vincent stops to ask his brother for money: "If you could send me some money around the end of this month it would be very welcome" (JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882). This could be evidence of either a disconnect in his rational process or an underlying pathology, or it could be confirmation that the call to change careers was really more a rhetorical plea for Theo to separate himself, in word and deed, from Vincent's new nemesis, Tersteeg.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "Be that as it may, artist is healthier -- pecuniary difficulties are the greatest worry, I repeat, you, and you as a landscape painter, would surmount them sooner than I, though I, too, shall pull through some day."

217. "Remain something better" BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882.

Context:
BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: "And when I wrote, 'remain something better than H. G. T.,' and when I intimated that I do not hold art dealers in general in high esteem -- it's true, I could well have kept those things to myself, but now that my silence is broken and I have spoken -- well then, that is how I will speak."
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "And if I wrote 'remain something better than HGT' and if I gave you to understand that I don't think very highly of art dealers in general -- it's true that those are things I could have kept to myself -- but now that I've broken the silence and spoken -- well, then, this is how I speak."

218. "Be a painter!" BVG 183, 3/24/1882. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 183, 3/24/1882: "I wish you would become a painter; you can if you want to, and you wouldn't lose by it -- you would only become something better than if you remained an art dealer, even if you were the best of all art dealers."
JLB 213, 3/24/1882: "I repeat, I wish you'd become a painter, you could do it if you wanted to, and you'd lose nothing by it, only become something better, it seems to me, than if you remain an art dealer, even if you were the very best of art dealers."

219. Vincent agreed to stay away BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882. Even though he breaks it almost immediately, Vincent reaffirms this vow a few weeks later: "So that in half a year or a year he'll either leave me completely cold or -- or perhaps -- I'll find a way to get along better with His Hon." (JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882).

Context:
JLB 208, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "However, for half a year I won't go to Tersteeg anymore or talk to him or show him my work."

220. "Tersteeg is Tersteeg" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Well, Tersteeg is Tersteeg and I am I."

221. "absolutely forget him" BVG 219, 7/23/1882.

Context:
BVG 219, 7/23/1882: "He [Tersteeg] should clearly understand once and for all that lately I have developed a strong aversion to him, and prefer to be done with him for good and all. I quietly continue working, and I shall gladly let him tell all the absurdities about me he may get into his noodle, as such sayings only annoy and upset me. As long as he does not hinder my work, I shall absolutely forget him."
JLB 250, 7/23/1882: "I'm quite content for him [Tersteeg] finally to understand now, clearly and plainly, that I've taken a thorough dislike to him in recent months, and would rather not have anything to do with him. I carry on working quietly, and he can say, to his heart's content, all the absurd things about me that pop into his head. As long as he doesn't impede me in my work, I'll forget all about him."

222. "done with him for good" BVG 219, 7/23/1882.

Context:
BVG 219, 7/23/1882: "... he [Tersteeg] should clearly understand once and for all that lately I have developed a strong aversion to him, and prefer to be done with him for good and all."
JLB 250, 7/23/1882: "I'm quite content for him finally to understand now, clearly and plainly, that I've taken a thorough dislike to him in recent months, and would rather not have anything to do with him."

223. an unannounced visit BVG 180, 3/11/1882: Vincent mentions this visit only briefly and obliquely at the time. It gradually comes out, however, that the conversation at this visit was more extensive and far more heated than Vincent reveals in this passage.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "He [Tersteeg] spoke English when he was here because of the model. I said to him, In due time you will have your watercolors, but not now -- they are not due yet, take your time. And that is all I have to say. Enough of it."

224. "I must make him" BVG 180, 3/11/1882. Regarding his relationship with Tersteeg, Vincent admits at this time that "being at odds with His Hon. pains me very much and makes life difficult for me" (JLB 210, 3/11/1882). This was no doubt much closer to the unchanging truth than Vincent's repeated vows of indifference.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "But let me tell you that I am not opposed or hostile to him, but I must make him understand that he judges me too superficially, and -- and I believe that he will change his opinion; I fervently hope so, for it grieves and worries me when there is an unfriendly feeling between us."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Nonetheless, rest assured, I'm not opposed to, i.e. hostile towards him, but I must make him understand that he judges me too superficially and -- and -- I believe that he'll change his mind -- I sincerely hope so, because being at odds with His Hon. pains me very much and makes life difficult for me."

225. a rondo of obsession BVG 216, 7/19/1882: One of many examples is this zig-zag progression of thoughts in which Vincent keeps dismissing the subject of Tersteeg and then returning to it. Vincent's long diatribes against Tersteeg are often interrupted by interjections like "But what good does it do to talk about it?" only to be followed by much more talk about it (JLB 217, 4/14/1882).

Context:
JLB 247, 7/18/1882: "Tersteeg is an energetic man, but I hope he won't devote his energy to persecuting Sien snd me or anything. ... Enough now. ... As for my constitution -- As for my constitution -- Tersteeg isn't my doctor and doesn't understand my constitution in the slightest."

226. to this unhealing wound BVG 206, 6/8/1882-6/9/1882: In the letters, one can hear Vincent grinding his teeth almost every time Tersteeg comes up. One example: months after Tersteeg uttered the comment about Vincent's "opium" addiction to figure drawing, Vincent simmers over it at length.

Context:
JLB 237, 6/8/1882: "I would be put in a very bad mood if someone again dished me up with the same sort of interest as H.G.T. on certain occasions. And when I think how His Hon. took that interest to the point of daring to compare me to an opium smoker, I'm still amazed that for my part I didn't show my interest by telling him to go to hell. Talking of smoking opium, the comfort and luxury, the sort of glory in which H.G.T moves and the fairly strong doses of flattery that his visitors bring for him -- those are things that perhaps befuddle His Hon. now and again more than he realizes. In short, with all his superficially refined politeness, with his superficially civilized manners, his smart clothes and so on and so on, on consideration and also looking back on it, I find something malicious in His Hon.'s character. I wish it weren't so, but I can't say otherwise. I don't doubt for a moment that His Hon. is a clever man, but another question comes first before I can respect him: is he a good man? Namely someone who doesn't deliberately and on principle cultivate hatred, rancour, bickering and sarcasm inside himself. That is the question." (Emphasis in original.)

227. his own secret self-doubts BVG 219, 7/23/1882.

Context:
JLB 250, 7/23/1882: "I would think myself foolish if I were to chase after him and say: Mr. Theo, Mr. Theo, I'm a true painter like other painters, despite all your arguments."

262 228. Names like Jules Bakhuyzen BVG 180, 3/11/1882. Vincent had a family connection to Bakhuyzen, who was one of the first painters on whom he paid a call when he came to The Hague in late November 1881 (JLB 191, 12/1/1881-12/3/1881). Bakhuyzen was the brother of painter Geraldine Bakhuyzen and both Geraldine and their other sister were girlhood friends of Vincent's mother in The Hague. The Bakhuyzen sisters visited the parsonage in Zundert when Vincent was a boy (b2706 V/1982, ''Gogh-Carbentus, Anna C. van'' to ''Gogh, Theo van'', 6/10/1874). (See Chapter 1 and Ch. 3, n. 996). Bakhuyzen visited Vincent's studio in early March and invited Vincent to return the visit (JLB 211, 3/11/1882).

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "I had a very pleasant visit from Jules Bakhuyzen, and I may go and visit him whenever I wish."

229. Piet van der Velden BVG 280, 4/21/1883-4/22/1883. Vincent has mostly positive things to say about Van der Velden, even though he doesn't say them until 1883, long after they met ("I saw Van der Velden once last year -- at De Bock's one evening" [JLB 361, 7/11/1883]): "[Van der Velden] made a good impression on me at the time. I was reminded of the character of Felix Holt the radical by Eliot. There's something broad and rough in him that pleases me greatly -- something like the roughness of torchon. A man who evidently doesn't seek civilization in outward things but is much further inwardly, much much much further than most people. In short, he's a true artist, and I'd like to get to know him for I would trust him and I'm sure I would learn from him." (JLB 337, 4/21/1883.) Three months later, Vincent elaborated further on this considerable praise, emphasizing again Van der Velden's manliness: "He made a very favourable impression on me at the time, although he said little and wasn't much company that evening. But the impression he immediately made on me was that he was a solid, genuine painter. It's a square, Gothic head --something bold or daring, and yet gentle in his look. Very broad build, in fact the exact opposite of [George] Breitner and [Théophile] De Bock. There's something manly and strong in him, even if he says nothing and does nothing special." (JLB 361, 7/11/1883.) Although Vincent recollects writing Theo about Van der Velden at the time they met (ibid.), his name does not appear in the surviving letters until late 1882 (JLB 278, 11/1/1882). In 1890, Van der Velden moved to New Zealand, where he spent the rest of his life ("Petrus van der Velden").

Context:
JLB 337, 4/21/1883: "I met Van der V. once, and he made a good impression on me at the time."

230. Marinus Boks BVG R20, 2/4/1883. Vincent does not mention meeting Boks until a year later: "One painter here recently ended up in the madhouse -- Boks, a landscape painter," he wrote to Van Rappard in February 1883 (JLB 307, 2/4/1883). "The chap himself told me a year ago that he got a medal in England -- which he'd sold for the silver" (ibid.).

Context:
JLB 307, 2/4/1883: "One painter here recently ended up in the madhouse -- Boks, a landscape painter."

231. burst of hopeful enthusiasm BVG 180, 3/11/1882. After a visit by Bakhuyzen to his studio in March, Vincent seems ecstatic that the forty-four-year-old artist invites him to visit his studio "whenever I wish" (JLB 210, 3/11/1882). Not surprisingly, no further visits, either way, are recorded.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "I had a very pleasant visit from Jules Bakhuyzen, and I may go and visit him whenever I wish."

232. witness to the doomed project BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882: From the beginning of his stay in The Hague, Vincent is ambivalent about making friends, no doubt torn between the persistent pressure to seek out "good company" and his anticipation of certain failure based on years of experience. This ambivalence can be heard in one of his first letters after arriving: "I'll have to start dressing a bit better now, though. Now I know more or less the direction I must take, and can stand up for it openly, so I won't avoid contact with people -- also not follow them too much." (JLB 196, 1/3/1882.) Two months later, ambivalence had already hardened into resistance. "For the rest I'll run after people less and less as time goes on," he wrote in early March, "whoever they may be, neither art dealers nor painters" (JLB 207, 3/3/1882). A year after arriving, in the effort to deflect blame for his failure to make any friends, he disavows any ambivalence and lays all the blame on others: "When I first came here to the city I went to all the studios I could get into for the sake of seeking contact and making friends. Now I'm much cooler on that point, and believe that there is a very dark side to it, precisely because the painters seem warm-hearted but all too often try to trip you up. That's the fatal thing. We should help and trust each other, for there are hostilities enough in society anyway, and in general we'd do better if we did no harm to each other. Envy drives many to malign others, systematically." (JLB 307, 2/4/1883; emphasis in original.)

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "I won't associate very much with the painters. I find Mauve more capable and more solid every day. And what more do I want?"

233. he did not need friends BVG 218, 7/21/1882.

Context:
JLB 249, 7/21/1882: "I've had very little conversation with painters lately. I felt none the worse for that."

234. artists as tedious BVG 241, 11/2/1882-11/3/1882.

Context:
JLB 280, 11/5/1882: "Equally, I was struck by the fact that when one talks to painters, in most cases, by far, the conversation is not interesting" (emphasis in original).

235. lazy BVG R16, 10/31/1882: Laziness is the thrust of this accusation. The final phrase is a slur on Hague artists who disdain illustrators like Gavarni.

Context:
JLB 276, 10/29/1882: "When one reads in the book on Gavarni, about his drawings, that 'he knocked off up to six a day,' and thinks of the enormous productivity of most of the men who make those footling illustrations ... Having something of that fire in oneself and continuing to stoke it is better in my view than the pedantry of those artists who consider it beneath them to look at them."

236. "inveterate liars" BVG 251, 12/3/1882-12/5/1882.

Context:
BVG 251, 12/3/1882-12/5/1882: "I do not mean to say that there are none, but you feel what I mean, and know as well as I how many painters are inveterate liars."
JLB 291, 12/4/1882-12/9/1882: "I'm not saying that there are none, but you yourself feel what I mean, and know as well as I how a host of people who paint are enormous liars."

237. In February, he visited BVG 175, 2/13/1882. According to Vincent, his visit to Weissenbruch's attic studio, responded to a visit from the older artist to Vincent's studio in early February (JLB 204, 2/13/1882). Curiously, Vincent reports this visit without providing a single detail. Only later, when he visits Weissenbruch, does he offer an explanation for it. "He [Weissenbruch] then told me that the cause of his visit to me had actually been Mauve, who was doubtful about me and had sent him to see me to have Weissenbruch's opinion about my work." This, of course, sets up Vincent's elaborate recounting of Weissenbruch's compliments (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882). For obvious reasons, this strikes us as odd. Did Weissenbruch not express enthusiasm when he visited Vincent's studio? If so, why did Vincent not relay his support to Theo at the time? It is possible that Weissenbruch came to Vincent's apartment bearing formal word of Mauve's banishment, which would explain why Vincent provides no further elaboration at the time of the visit (Weissenbruch might not have looked at Vincent's work at all). It would have been natural then for Weissenbruch, having no personal reason to be unsympathetic, to invite Vincent to his studio if he had questions, which Vincent did almost immediately thereafter, and Vincent merely moved this invitation to their next encounter. The rationale for Mauve's withdrawal which Vincent puts in Weissenbruch's mouth ("Mauve is ill or too busy with his large painting") is nothing more than a fiction concocted by Vincent to help hide from Theo the truth about his falling-out with Mauve (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882). This scenario is, of course, conjectural, but it fits the facts more comfortably than Vincent's relentlessly self-serving version.

Context:
JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "I already wrote to you in a previous letter that I'd had a visit from Weissenbruch."

238. whom he had met BVG 104, 8/3/1877: In 1877, Vincent wrote Theo about a visit he had made to Weissenbruch's studio sometime around May 1873.

Context:
JLB 125, 8/3/1877: "I was also in Weissenbruch's studio once, a couple of days before my first trip to London, and the recollection of what I saw there in the way of studies and paintings is still very clear, as is that of the man himself."

239. An affable BVG 195, 5/1/1882: Vincent cites a telling example of Weissenbruch's easy-going manner. After complaining that other artists in The Hague criticize the technique of his pen drawings, Vincent writes: "Weissenbruch alone said, when I told him that I see the things as pen drawings -- then you must draw with the pen" (JLB 222, 5/1/1882; emphasis in original). This suggests one reason Vincent seems to have liked Weissenbruch more than the others: He did not put up a fight.

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "Weissenbruch alone said, when I told him that I see the things as pen drawings -- then you must draw with the pen" (emphasis in original).

240. elderly eccentric Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 161: Weissenbruch was fifty-seven at the time Vincent visited his studio. The authors refer to Weissenbruch's "unconventional" behavior: both his agoraphobia, which meant he seldom ventured out, and his senior-privilege iconoclasm: "Weissenbruch was an unconventional figure, who said what came into his mind, and who did not take the slightest notice of the self-importance of the Pulchri board" (ibid., p. 99). This unusual frankness is evident in the passages in which Vincent quotes Weissenbruch. 241. encouragement to mitigate the pain BVG 175, 2/13/1882: In addition to supportive comments about his art, Vincent reports Weissenbruch's reassurances about Mauve's continuing support for him. The reliability of Vincent's account of his conversation with Weissenbruch is thrown into serious doubt by the details about Vincent's split with his teacher that emerge later. Vincent himself later characterizes the alienation between him and Mauve that began in February as a "forsaking" (JLB 224, 5/7/1882). It is possible, but unlikely, that Weissenbruch was not made aware of the bitter antagonism that had already developed between Mauve and Vincent by the time he visited Vincent's apartment in early February.

Context:
JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "I now have permission, so long as Mauve is ill or too busy with his large painting, to go to Weissenbruch if I need to know something, and W. told me that in no way should I be worried about the change in M.'s mood."

242. "confoundedly well" BVG 175, 2/13/1882. Vincent reports another compliment Weissenbruch paid him: "when Mauve said there was a painter in you, Tersteeg said no, and Mauve took your side against Tersteeg, and I was there, and if it happens again, I too will take your side, now that I've seen your work" (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882). We believe that Vincent has almost certainly inflated all of this in the reporting. Even if accepted as accurate, these "compliments" are less than they seem. Without context, "damned well" is not really a fathomable qualitative judgment and it may be significant that Vincent uses the same expression, in his own voice, nine months later to describe a character in Pot-Bouille (Pot Luck) that Zola has "portrayed with devilish skill" (JLB 286, 11/24/1882). Similarly, Weissenbruch's reported statement to Mauve that "I'd be able to work from [Vincent's] studies," begs the question of their quality, especially coming from an artist not known for his figure drawing. In a transparent bid to defend his favored pen drawings from Tersteeg's attacks, Vincent adds: "I also asked W. what he thought of my pen drawings. Those are your best, he said." (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882.) Here again, the comment, even if reported accurately, avoids comparing Vincent's work to any normative standards of facility.

Context:
BVG 175, 2/13/1882: "And Weissenbruch then told Mauve, He draws confoundedly well, I could work from his studies myself."
JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "And Weissenbruch then said to Mauve, 'he draws damned well, I'd be able to work from his studies.'"

243. "I think it a great" BVG 175, 2/13/1882.

Context:
BVG 175, 2/13/1882: " I think it a great privilege to visit such clever people as Weissenbruch occasionally, especially when they take the trouble, as Weissenbruch did this morning, for instance, to show me a drawing they are working on but which is not yet completed, and explain how they are going to finish it."
JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: " I consider it a great privilege to visit such clever people as W. once in a while, especially when they take the trouble -- as W. did this morning, for instance -- to take a drawing they're working on but haven't finished yet and to explain how they set about doing it.

244. never reported another trip BVG 195, 5/1/1882. There is only slender, indirect evidence of any further contact between Vincent and Weissenbruch. At the beginning of May, Vincent reports that Weissenbruch "saw the large rather than the small Sorrow, and he said things about it that pleased me" (JLB 222, 5/1/1882). Since "Sorrow" is dated sometime in April, this suggests at least one additional contact since February. That inference is supported by Vincent's report in the same letter which describes Weissenbruch's use of materials: "One can do wonderful things with charcoal that has been soaked in oil, I've seen this from Weissenbruch" (ibid.). The next mention of Weissenbruch comes a month later when Vincent is defending the "harsh" of his drawings: "Weissenbruch, for example, wouldn't find these two drawings disagreeable or dull" (JLB 235, 6/3/1882). This does not necessarily imply any additional contact, however. After June, Weissenbruch is not mentioned, even in fond memory, until more than a year later: "Weissenbruch said something similar to me last year -- you carry on quietly, and when you're old you'll look back calmly on your earliest studies"(JLB 379, 8/23/1883-8/29/1883).

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "He, namely Weiss., saw the large rather than the small Sorrow, and he said things about it that pleased me."

245. only in fond recollection

See Ch. 16, n. 244.

246. thirty-year-old De Bock Théophile Emile Achille de Bock was born in The Hague on January 14, 1851, so although he was thirty when Vincent arrived in December 1881, he turned thirty-one soon thereafter ("Théophile Emile Achille de Bock"). 247. had been a railroad clerk Van Bruggen, ed., p. 15: De Bock began work for the Hollandsche Ijzeren Spoorwegmaatschappij (Dutch Iron Railroad company) the same year Vincent began as an apprentice at Goupil, 1869. According to Van Bruggen, he was "soon laid off because he always has his drawing supplies with him and uses those during his work." 248. both worshipped Millet BVG 149, 8/1/1881-9/30/1881. At their first encounter in August-September 1881, Vincent reports that De Bock "idolized" Jean-François Millet and Jean-Baptiste Camille Corot. Almost a year and a half later, he elaborates further on De Bock's enthusiasm for Millet: "He was always talking about Millet -- fine, and about the greatness, broadness, of Millet."

Context:
JLB 171, 8/26/1881: "He idolizes Millet and Corot …"

249. De Bock expressed admiration BVG 149, 8/1/1881-9/30/1881.

Context:
JLB 171, 8/26/1882: "He idolizes Millet and Corot, but, did those two take pains over the figures, yes or no?"

250. Vincent attacked him BVG 149, 8/1/1881-9/30/1881: Like so many of Vincent's arguments, this one is often taken out of context and used to "explain" the often anthropomorphic character of Vincent's depictions of trees. However that may be, clearly the argument was born of a strained attempt to persuade De Bock (and, ultimately, Theo) that Vincent should be doing what Vincent was doing and wanted to continue to do: figure drawing.

Context:
JLB 171, 8/26/1882: "[De Bock is] making a large painting of the dunes which has much that is good. But that chap should start drawing figures, in my opinion, in order to produce a whole lot of other things. I believe that he has a true painter's temperament and that we haven't heard the last of him yet. He idolizes Millet and Corot, but, did those two take pains over the figures, yes or no? Corot's figures may not be so well known as his landscapes, but that doesn't mean that he didn't make them. For that matter, in Corot every tree-trunk is drawn and modelled with attention and love as though it were a figure. And a tree-trunk by Corot is something altogether different from one by De Bock." Speaking of both De Bock and Breitner (discussed later in the chapter), Vincent wrote: "I cannot understand why they do not take more models" (BVG 239, 10/29/1882).

Context:
BVG 239, 10/29/1882: "I cannot understand why they do not take more models."
JLB 277, 10/29/1882: "I couldn't understand why they don't make more use of models."

251. "having no backbone" BVG 152, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 152, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881: "If we don't draw figures, or trees as if they were figures, then we have no backbone, or rather one that's too weak."
JLB 175, 10/12/1881-10/15/188: "If we don't draw figures, or else trees as though they were figures, then we're like people who have no spine, or at least one that's too weak."

252. "He gets angry"

BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882. 

Context:
"De Bock does not improve on further acquaintance; he rather lacks backbone, and he gets angry when one says some things which are only the ABC."
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "De Bock ultimately disappoints me, there's something spineless about him, and he gets angry if one says certain things to him that are actually only the ABCs."

253. "Every time I go"

BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 293.) De Bock visited Vincent's apartment in February. "De Bock came here this afternoon just as I was working from the model, and when he saw the model he started saying that he'd quite like to draw figures too; all the same, he doesn't do it" (JLB 204, 2/13/1882). Vincent returned the visit a month later and the antagonism only escalated: "Sunday I went to see De Bock again -- I don't know why, but each time I go to see him I feel the same: that chap's too weak, ... I find something worn out, something blasé, something insincere about him that oppresses me, there's something consumptive about the atmosphere in his house." (JLB 212, 3/16/1882 - 3/20/1882.)

The two met again by chance near the beach at Scheveningen, where De Bock lived. Vincent described the encounter almost a year later in a letter to Rappard: "Last year my impression of [De Bock] was really not very favourable -- he was always talking about Millet -- fine, and about the greatness, broadness, of Millet -- for example, out of doors too; I once spoke to him about this in the Scheveningse Bosjes [Scheveningen Woods]. I said then – But De Bock, if Millet were here now, would he look at those clouds and that grass and those twenty-seven tree-trunks and forget only that little chap in his bombazine suit who's sitting eating, his spade at his side? Or would that small part of the panorama where the little man sits be the point on which he fixed his attention? I don't think I love Millet less than you, I said. The fact that you admire Millet gives me great pleasure, but forgive me if I don't believe that Millet looked in the way you're forever suggesting to me. Millet is above all, and more than anyone else, the painter of mankind. To be sure he painted landscapes, and it's no doubt true that they're beautiful, but it's hard for me to understand how you can really mean what you say when you see in Millet above all the kind of thing you suggest to me." (JLB 325, 3/5/1883.)

The sources disagree as to where De Bock lived in 1882. According to Van Bruggen (Van Bruggen, ed., n.p.), he lived at 9 Kanaalweg in Scheveningen that year. According to Van der Mast and Dumas, (Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 59), he was living at 128 Zuid-Binnensingel in 1882 and did not move to Kanaalweg until 1883. Both sources put his studio, where Vincent presumably visited in April, on the second floor of a "neo-gothic, tower-like" building in the garden of the villa "Germania," at 20 Van Stolkweg (now 22). A number of artists had studios in the same building, including A. G. H. Hazelhoff Roelfzema, Pieter Josselin de Jong, and Willem de Zwart.

Context:
BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: "Theo, on Sunday I went round to De Bock's again -- I don't know why, but every time I go and see him I get the same feeling: the fellow's too weak, he'll never make good -- unless he changes, unless -- unless -- I see something weary, something blasé, something insincere in him that oppresses me, there is something consumptive about the atmosphere in his house."
JLB 212, 3/16/1882 and 3/20/1882: "Theo, Sunday I went to see De Bock again -- I don't know why, but each time I go to see him I feel the same: that chap's too weak, he won't succeed -- unless he changes, unless -- unless -- I find something worn out, something blasé, something insincere about him that oppresses me, there's something consumptive about the atmosphere in his house."

254. "He'll never make good" BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882. Even after one of his most withering attacks on De Bock ("weak," "blasé," "insincere," "oppressive"), Vincent comments: "He sometimes makes lovely things, not without charm and grace at any rate, but is that enough?" (JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882.) A few months later, after the two have agreed (explicitly or implicitly) not to see each other, Vincent sees some of De Bock's work in an exhibition and remarks: "I've been seeing some very beautiful small charcoal drawings by Theo. De Bock, mostly touched up with white and delicate blue in the sky -- very good and more to my liking than his paintings" (JLB 250, 7/23/1882).

Context:
BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: "Theo, on Sunday I went round to De Bock's again -- I don't know why, but every time I go and see him I get the same feeling: the fellow's too weak, he'll never make good -- unless he changes, unless -- unless -- I see something weary, something blasé, something insincere in him that oppresses me, there is something consumptive about the atmosphere in his house."
JLB 212, 3/16/1882 and 3/20/1882: "Theo, Sunday I went to see De Bock again -- I don't know why, but each time I go to see him I feel the same: that chap's too weak, he won't succeed -- unless he changes, unless -- unless -- I find something worn out, something blasé, something insincere about him that oppresses me, there's something consumptive about the atmosphere in his house."

255. " en froid" BVG 187, 4/15/1882.

Context:
BVG 187, 4/15/1882: "I have just received a letter from Rappard; I have been 'en froid' with him for some time, but now we are interested in each other's work again. Probably he will come to see me soon."
JLB 217, 4/14/1882: "I've just received a letter from Rappard; was at odds with him for a while, but now we're both interested in each other's work again. In all likelihood he'll come to see me soon."

256. wrote him a stout rebuttal BVG R7, 12/30/1881: That is certainly the implication from Vincent's frustrated, dismissive reaction.

Context:
JLB 195, 12/30/1881: "I received your letter from Brussels. I don't like it at all."

257. "Nothing, or hardly anything" BVG R7, 12/30/1881. Vincent, of course, could not resist one more diatribe before terminating the conversation: "But if I tell you, Rappard, those academics you worry about aren't worth tuppence, ... I mean it with all my heart, and I'm telling you, if I were you I'd forget about them. But I've already told you this a couple of times, I won't say it again, I don't want to hear another syllable or utter another syllable about the whole academy ever again. It isn't worth the bother." (JLB 195, 12/30/1881.) There is more than a hint of jealousy in Vincent's disparagement of Van Rappard's "academics": "What kind of people are they, those artists with whom you drank Lambiek [Belgian beer]? Why don't you mention even a couple of them by name? Are they people who'll be of any use to you? I hope so, for your sake, but I seriously doubt it." (ibid.)

Context:
JLB 195, 12/30/1881: "Nothing or next to nothing in your letter holds water."

258. "I have more serious things" BVG R7, 12/30/1881.

Context:
"When I have quieted down a bit later on, I shall write you again about all sorts of things in a calmer vein, but don't take it ill of me if at present I have more serious things to do than write letters."
JLB 195, 12/30/1881: "Later, when things have quietened down a bit, I'll write to you again calmly about this and that, but don't take offence if I've got more serious things to do now than write letters."

259. joint late-night forays BVG 178, 3/3/1882: Vincent twice mentions late night trips to the Geest, an area of brothels and bars that was familiar to him from his previous stay in The Hague (see Chapter 5). Vincent offers various cover stories for these nocturnal sorties. Later, he refers to a "little drawing that I'd sketched once with Breitner, parading around at midnight" (JLB 211, 3/11/1882). But the areas where Vincent was "parading" were not well lit and sketching in the street would have been virtually impossible, even for Vincent. It may be that these stories were offered with a wink, for Theo certainly knew of the character of the Geest and of Vincent's fondness for brothels. More than a year later, looking back on his brief friendship with Breitner, Vincent describes these expeditions somewhat less circumspectly as going out "in the city itself, to look for figures and nice scenes" (JLB 361, 7/11/1883).

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "Yesterday evening I went out with him to look for figure types in the street in order to study them later in the studio with a model."

260. into the Geest BVG R8, 5/28/1882. In a letter to Van Rappard (with whom brothels and prostitutes were subjects of unflagging interest), Vincent describes the Geest as "the Whitechapel of The Hague" (JLB 232, 5/28/1882). Whitechapel was one of London's most impoverished, crowded, and crime-ridden neighborhoods, where prostitutes "lined the streets" (Inwood, p. 602). Jack the Ripper found his victims there (Ackroyd, p. 270). Upstanding citizens came to such districts at night for one reason only. Vincent refers to the similarity of the Geest's "alleys and courts" to Whitechapel's, and Pollock emphasizes this architectural relationship ("a warren of narrow streets, alleys and courtyards. ... characteristic small houses whose ground floors served as shops and workshops"), but Vincent and Breitner did not come to the Geest at night to admire the picturesque architecture (Pollock, p. 332).

Context:
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "However, if you don't know 'Geest,' 'Slijkeinde' &c., namely the Whitechapel of The Hague with all its alleys and courtyards."

261. Expelled from art school De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, pp. 105, 106. Breitner was dismissed in 1880 from the Hague Academy for what Leeuw calls "misbehavior." 262. a Hague School iconoclast De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 106: Later the same year (1882), Breitner was refused admission to the Hague Drawing Society. According to De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, Willem Maris told Breitner that his application for admission to the Haagse Teeken-Maatschappij had been "vetoed by Mauve and Israëls." Van der Mast and Dumas report this opposition as fact and speculates that their hostility "maybe also because Breitner was a student of Charles Rochussen, who belonged to the conservative camp, and who was an opponent of the Hague School" (Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 158). 263. with both Willem Maris De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, pp. 105, 106: Breitner worked in Maris's studio for a year after his dismissal from the Hague Academy in 1880. 264. the powerful Mesdag De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, pp. 105, 106: "Mesdag in particular recognized Breitner's qualities and lost no time in securing his assistance on his Panorama. ... At around this time Mesdag also purchased Reconnoitering in the Dunes, a picture of a mounted hussar." 263 265. had previously known Theo BVG 178, 3/3/1882: The nature of this contact is unclear. The only reference to it is Vincent's.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "By the way, Breitner spoke to me about you recently, that there was something he very much regretted, for which he thought you might still be angry at him. For he still has a drawing that belongs to you, I believe, though I didn't rightly understand the matter."

266. Within the first week or two BVG 174, 2/13/1882: Vincent first reports the relationship with Breitner on February 13. We are assuming that it must have begun sometime after his previous letter on January 26 (JLB 203, 1/26/1882), or surely Vincent would have mentioned it, given that JLB 203, 1/26/1882 was a long letter and that Vincent used it to convince Theo that his career was on a firm footing, an argument that the relationship with Breitner would have bolstered. The two certainly could have met previously, although Breitner is not mentioned in any earlier letter.

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "At the moment I quite often go to draw with Breitner, a young painter who's acquainted with Rochussen as I am with Mauve."

267. multiple sketching trips BVG 174, 2/13/1882. Vincent doesn't say how many sketching trips he and Breitner made in the first weeks of their relationship, but he says, "we often draw types together in the soup kitchen or the waiting room &c." (JLB 204, 2/13/1882; emphasis added).

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "He draws very skilfully and very differently from me, and we often draw types together in the soup kitchen or the waiting room &c."

268. exchanged several studio visits BVG 174, 2/13/1882: Vincent makes it sound like there had been multiple studio visits each way in the first week or two. This is probably wishful exaggeration, as Vincent was always eager to prove to Theo that he was engaging his fellow artists. Breitner had a studio at Siebenhaar's on the Juffrouw Idastraat, a street in the area of the Geest in the Jewish Quarter (Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 156). (See also: Pollock and Chong, p. 332, plate 29.) Vincent says that Breitner had "the studio that Apol used to have." The reference is to Lodewijk Franciscus Hendrik Apol.

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "He sometimes comes to my studio to look at woodcuts, and I go to see the ones he has as well."

269. Breitner had largely shaken De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, p. 106. It should be noted that Breitner apparently admired Millet early in his career, according to De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, and made his share of images of more typical Hague School subjects "such as boats on the beach, a woman mending clothes in an interior, women gathering potatoes and woodcutters." 270. naturalism of French writers Sund, pp. 49, 50: Sund elegantly summarizes Breitner's naturalist bona fides, and makes it clear that Vincent heard about Zola et al. from Breitner, not the other way around: "Whereas Van Gogh in 1882 characterized himself as 'practically uninformed about what is being published nowadays' (R13), Breitner had read the novels of Flaubert, Zola, and the Goncourt brothers. ... He considered Manette Salomon (1867) -- a fictional account of artistic life in Paris -- 'one of [the Goncourts'] most beautiful creations.' Breitner noted (in a letter of November 1881) that he recommended [Manette Salomon] to 'everyone, painters and nonpainters alike' ... [Even] without actually reading the Goncourts' fiction, Van Gogh surely gained some sense of its character through his association with so outspoken an aficionado as Breitner." 271. contemporary urban life Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 162: The authors quote Breitner on the subject: "I myself, I will paint man, on the street and in the houses, the streets and houses that they have built, life especially. Le peintre du peuple [painter of the people] I will try to become, or I already am, rather, because I want to be." According to Van der Mast and Dumas, this statement was inspired by the character Chassagnol in the Goncourts' Manette Salomon (1867), "which could be found on all the sofas in the studios." They continue: "According to Breitner, a painter had to pursue only beauty, and the beauty of the modern age resided in urban life. The pronouncement by Baudelaire, 'il faut être de son temps' (you cannot withdraw from your own time), must have been going through his mind." 272. "painter of the people"

Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., quoting Breitner, p. 162: "Le peintre du peuple." (See Ch. 16, n. 271.)

273. Vincent eagerly followed BVG 174, 2/13/1882. Both the eagerness and the following are implied in Vincent's report: "I quite often go to draw with Breitner, ... We often draw types together in the soup kitchen or the waiting room &c." (JLB 204, 2/13/1882.) Pollock and Chong agree with our inference as to who was doing the leading and who was following: "It was the latter [Breitner] who took van Gogh on Zolaesque sketching trips at night around the slum districts of The Hague" (Pollock and Chong, pp. 42-43). It is true that Vincent reports "I quite often go to sketch in the soup kitchen or the 3rd-class waiting room or such places" in mid-January (JLB 200, 1/14/1882), but, as noted in the text, these trips seem to have been intended only to recruit models (probably their original purpose) and to look for "subjects" for his figures studies -- i.e., interesting "characters" of which he would do quick sketches and then, back in the studio, pose models in the same positions and draw them with the intense, prolonged attention that he required (JLB 207, 3/3/1882). The idea of going to these places to sketch the places themselves, as urban "scenes" comparable to Millet's agrarian scenes, seems to have originated with Breitner.

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "At the moment I quite often go to draw with Breitner, a young painter who's acquainted with Rochussen as I am with Mauve."

274. into soup kitchens BVG 174, 2/13/1882.

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "He draws very skillfully and very differently from me, and we often draw types together in the soup kitchen or the waiting room &c."

275. train stations waiting rooms

BVG 174, 2/13/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 274.)

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "He draws very skillfully and very differently from me, and we often draw types together in the soup kitchen or the waiting room &c."

276. peat markets BVG 181, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "At first he said nothing -- until we came to a little drawing that I'd sketched once with Breitner, parading around at midnight -- namely Paddemoes (that Jewish quarter near the Nieuwe Kerk), seen from Turfmarkt."

277. a way to find new subjects BVG 178, 3/3/1882. Vincent had already been to some of these places for this purpose, as well as to recruit models (JLB 200, 1/14/1882). He may have introduced Breitner to some of them. More than a year later, Vincent describes these expeditions in a way that suggests he always saw them as primarily research trips for his first love, figure drawing, rather than sketching trips in search of urban subjects: "When I was first here -- he [Breitner] was very pleasant to go walking with. I mean to go out together not in the country but in the city itself, to look for figures and nice scenes." (JLB 361, 7/11/1883.)

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "Yesterday evening I went out with him to look for figure types in the street in order to study them later in the studio with a model."

278. soon he joined Breitner Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 156: In addition to a few of Vincent's surviving works from this period, evidence of Vincent following Breitner's lead on these images is Breitner's later recollection that Vincent sketched next to him in some of the places they visited together -- causing an unwelcome stir. "According to later stories of Breitner's, even there Vincent managed to incur the people's wrath. Breitner discreetly made small sketches in a modest little sketchbook, but Vincent showed up with large sheets, and sat there vehemently scratching with a carpenter's pencil, through which he caused such a stir that he was chased away." (ibid.) 279. a bakery storefront

Bakery, F 914 JH 112, early March, 1882, pen, pencil, 8 x 13.1 in., 20.5 x 33.5 cm., The Hague, Gemeentemuseum. Hulsker asserts "with a high degree of certainty" that this drawing, as well as Digger in Torn-Up Street (F None JH 131), were among the twelve drawings Vincent gave to his Uncle Cor in fulfillment of his first commission (Hulsker, The New Complete Van Gogh, p. 38). This could be taken as evidence that they were made in response to that commission, but we believe it is more likely that Vincent already had them in his portfolio when Cor visited his studio in early March (as he had Old Street [The Paddemoes] [F 918 JH 111] or a drawing like it). Neither of these strikes us as the kind of drawing Uncle Cor would have knowingly commissioned. In this regard, they differ from some other drawings that Vincent did at the time (Gasworks [F 924 JH 118], Van Stolkpark [F 922a JH 119], Bridge and Houses on the Corner of Herengracht-Prinsessegracht, The Hague [F 1679 JH 121], Staatsspoor Station [F 919, JH 123]) that take up subjects unusually journalistic for Vincent's oeuvre and clearly were done for his uncle whose mandate was, at least according to the example he picked out, to render recognizable scenes from The Hague. Similarly, we find it implausible that Cor knowingly commissioned multiple drawings of Vincent's apartment building and environs in the Schenkweg, an undesirable and hardly characteristic new area on the outskirts of the city; and we find it astonishing that the literature does not even raise this question, especially in light of Vincent's longtime habit of drawing his dwellings. A more likely explanation, given the speed with which Vincent fulfilled his uncle's order for twelve drawings, is that these were drawings that Vincent had on hand. This would explain reports of Cor's later apparent disappointment in the commission. It would have been very much like Vincent to try to force his uncle to take works that he knew he would not like -- and then express anger and hurt when he did not like them.

280. a chaotic road excavation

Torn-Up Street with Diggers, F 930a JH 131, April, 1882, pen, pencil, 16.9 x 24.8 in., 43 x 63 cm., Berlin, Kupferstichkabinett. Unlike Hulsker, we do not believe this drawing or the rough related sketch (Diggers in Torn-Up Street, F None JH 132) included in JLB 220, 4/23/1882, date from the second half of April (Hulsker, The New Complete Van Gogh, p. 44). From the complete dissociation of the figures and the egregious lapses of proportion, this drawing would seem to date from earlier in Vincent's oeuvre. The woman in a shawl in the background of Torn-Up Street with Diggers (F930a JH131) appears in drawings that are dated as early as late February (JLB 207, 3/3/1882). We think that Vincent probably included a page from his sketchbook that he had drawn some time earlier than the date of the letter. Vincent himself provides the motivation for doing so: "I'm sending it to show you that my sketchbook proves that I try to capture things first-hand" (JLB 220, 4/23/1882). Hulsker suggests that Vincent made this remark in response to criticism from Tersteeg (Hulsker, The New Complete Van Gogh, p. 44). Just as Vincent often recast his own past to further his immediate needs (e.g., emotional justification, arguments with Theo, defense against attacks), he no doubt recruited his sketchbook in a similar way, leading to mistaken notions about when works were actually done.

281. a lonely sidewalk Old Street (The Paddemoes), F 918 JH 111, early March, 1882, pen, pencil, 9.8 x 12.2 in., 25 x 31 cm., Otterlo, Kröller-Müller Museum. According to Hulsker, this is an image of an old street in the Paddemoes, which Vincent describes as "that Jewish quarter near the New Church" (Hulsker, The New Complete Van Gogh, p. 35). It is not clear if this is the exact image that Vincent describes in his letter ("a little drawing that I'd sketched once with Breitner"), about which he says "Jules Bakhuyzen had also looked at the thing and recognized the spot immediately" (JLB 211, 3/11/1882). The latter is the same image that caught his Uncle Cor's attention when he visited Vincent's apartment in early March (JLB 210, 3/11/1882). 282. he had never before shown

See Ch. 16, n. 273.

283. that fascinated Breitner BVG 178, 3/3/1882. Vincent reports that at the time they struck up their relationship, Breitner was working on "a market scene" (JLB 207, 3/3/1882).

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "He's working on a large thing, a market scene which must accommodate a lot of figures."

284. one bizarre street scene

Torn-Up Street with Diggers, F 930a JH 131, April, 1882, pen, pencil, 16.9 x 24.8 in., 43 x 63 cm., Berlin, Kupferstichkabinett. (See Ch. 16, n. 280.) The oddest figure of all in this scene is a man sitting in the middle of the street with his elbows on his knees and his head buried in his crossed arms -- exactly the pose of the naked Sien (Sorrow, F 929a JH 130; see Chapter 17).

285. hospital in early April BVG 184, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882.

Context:
JLB 214, 4/2/1882: "Breitner's in hospital, I visit him quite often to bring him books or drawing materials."

286. for veneral disease Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 163. 287. "afraid to take models" BVG 185, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882: According to Vincent, his arguments to Breitner to take more models were beginning to have an effect before the latter's hospitalization. Under the circumstances, however, this is hardly a reliable report. After the academy, figure drawing never played a prominent role in Breitner's oeuvre.

Context:
BVG 185, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882: "I see it in other painters, Breitner, for instance, they are afraid to take models regularly …"
JLB 215, 4/6/1882: " I see this in other painters: Breitner, for example. They're afraid to take a model regularly …"

288. to return the favor BVG 239, 10/29/1882.

Context:
JLB 277, 10/29/1882: "I haven't seen anything at all of the latter [Breitner] since I visited him in hospital when he was ill."

289. not speak again for a year BVG 299, 7/11/1883: Breitner walked back into Vincent's life unexpectedly in July 1883.

Contact:
JLB 361, 7/11/1883: "Breitner, whom I didn't in the least expect because he had apparently broken off contact completely some time ago, turned up yesterday."

290. "broken contact completely" JLB 361, 7/11/1883. Vincent admits this a year later when Breitner reestablishes contact.

Contact:
BVG 299, 7/11/1883: "Breitner, who was totally unexpected because he seemed to have broken contact completely at one time, turned up yesterday."
JLB 361, 7/11/1883: "Breitner, whom I didn't in the least expect because he had apparently broken off contact completely some time ago, turned up yesterday."

291. "tedious, "dull" BVG 221, 8/1/1882. Vincent does not attach Breitner's name to this scathing description, but he clearly is at least one of the intended targets: "But when I see young painters composing and drawing off the top of their head -- then daubing on all sorts at random, also off the top of their head -- then holding it at a distance and putting on a very profound, sombre expression to find out to what in God's name it might bear some resemblance, and finally, still off the top of their head, making what they can of it, it makes me feel feeble and faint, and I find it truly tedious and heavy going. The whole thing makes me sick!" (JLB 252, 7/31/1882; emphasis in original.) Breitner is one of the few "young painters" Vincent has seen at work at this point, and the indictment is really that they do not work more from the model, but rather just "remember" what they saw (an indictment that Vincent separately mounts against Breitner explicitly) (JLB 277, 10/29/1882). This, of course, is Vincent at his most self-justifying. The implications of this statement for Vincent's view of "de tête" painting will be discussed in a later chapter.

Context:
BVG 221, 8/1/1882: "… then study it at a distance, and put on a very mysterious, gloomy face in the endeavour to find out what in heaven's name it may look like, and finally make something of it, always from memory it sometimes disgusts me, and makes me think it all very tedious and dull. "
JLB 252, 7/31/1882: "… then holding it at a distance and putting on a very profound, sombre expression to find out to what in God's name it might bear some resemblance, and finally, still off the top of their head, making what they can of it, it makes me feel feeble and faint, and I find it truly tedious and heavy going.".

292. "haphazardly smeared" BVG 221, 8/1/1882. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 221, 8/1/1882: "I am sure I shall make up for that if only I work hard, so that my hand does not falter in drawing and in the perspective: but when I see young painters compose and draw from memory -- and then haphazardly smear on whatever they like, also from memory ..."
JLB 252, 7/31/1882: "I know for sure that I'll catch up if I keep hacking away at it, so that my hand doesn't hesitate in drawing and perspective. But when I see young painters composing and drawing off the top of their head -- then daubing on all sorts at random, also off the top of their head ..." (emphasis in original.)

293. failure to take more models BVG 239, 10/29/1882. This continued to be a burning issue for Vincent, who wrote almost seven months after he last spoke to Breitner.

Context:
JLB 277, 10/29/1882: "I couldn't understand why they don't make more use of models. ... gentlemen like Bock and Breitner, say."

294. lack of virility BVG 299, 7/11/1883. Vincent compares Breitner unfavorably to another painter Piet Van der Velden. It is certainly characteristic of Vincent to look for a physiognomic manifestation of Breitner's (and De Bock's) refusal to work more with models.

Context:
JLB 361, 7/11/1883: "It's a square, Gothic head -- something bold or daring, and yet gentle in his look. Very broad build, in fact the exact opposite of Breitner and De Bock. There's something manly and strong in him [Van der Velden]."

295. see his new studio BVG 177, 2/25/1882. Vincent's room in a house on the edge of town did not qualify as a "studio" in the sense that his uncles and brothers understood it. Vincent was using this term very loosely, in a way that no doubt drew eye-rolls of derision, even (if not especially) in his own family. Even fellow young artists like De Bock and Breitner had separate studios and apartments.

Context:
JLB 206, 2/25/1882: "I've written to C.M. to tell him that I'd taken a studio here, and he wrote back saying that he expected to be coming to The Hague soon and would come and visit me."

296. He dreaded the visit BVG 181, 3/11/1882: Vincent doesn't admit this uncomfortable fact until after his uncle's visit.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "Well, it seems to me that that's not a bad way to end a visit I had rather dreaded."

297. "running after" BVG 178, 3/3/1882: Vincent clearly had his uncle especially in mind with this pre-emptive vow. His letter on the eve of Cor's visit is suffused with defensiveness: "I had a friendly letter from [Uncle] C.M. promising to come to The Hague soon and to visit me too. Well, that's just a promise, yet again, but perhaps something after all. Oh well. For the rest I'll run after people less and less as time goes on, whoever they may be, neither art dealers nor painters." (JLB 207, 3/3/1882.) We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 178, 3/3/1882: "For the rest I'm going to run after people less and less, dealers or painters, it doesn't matter who they are."
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "For the rest I'll run after people less and less as time goes on, whoever they may be, neither art dealers nor painters ..."

264 298. "Earn bread?" BVG 181, 3/11/1882. Vincent quotes himself verbatim: "I believe, correctly. Here's what I said." (JLB 211, 3/11/1882.)

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "... earn my bread, what do you mean by that? -- to earn one's bread or to deserve one's bread -- not to deserve one's bread, that is to say, to be unworthy of one's bread, that's what's a crime, every honest man being worthy of his crust -- but as for not earning it at all, while at the same time deserving it, oh, that! is a misfortune and A great misfortune. So, if you're saying to me here and now: you're unworthy of your bread, I understand that you're insulting me, but if you're making the moderately fair comment to me that I don't always earn it because sometimes I'm short of it, so be it, but what's the use of making that comment to me? It's scarcely useful to me if it ends there."

299. "immediately" BVG 221, 8/1/1882.

Context:
BVG 221, 8/1/1882: "So that immediately, sometimes in less than five minutes, one is in fierce altercation, and in such a position that neither party can go forward or back."
JLB 252, 7/31/1882: "Thus immediately, sometimes within 5 minutes, there's a conflict between you. And the situation is such that neither side can move forwards or backwards."

300. "neither party can go" BVG 221, 8/1/1882.

Context:
BVG 221, 8/1/1882: "So that immediately, sometimes in less than five minutes, one is in fierce altercation, and in such a position that neither party can go forward or back."
JLB 252, 7/31/1882: "Thus immediately, sometimes within 5 minutes, there's a conflict between you. And the situation is such that neither side can move forwards or backwards."

301. listeners like Uncle Cor BVG 181, 3/11/1882. After his long and heated response to Cor's (probably unintentional) provocation about "earning your bread," Vincent records that his uncle refused to engage in the argument (JLB 211, 3/11/1882).

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "C.M. then kept quiet about earning one's bread."

265 302. "I do not always" BVG 312, 8/17/1883.

Context:
BVG 312, 8/17/1883: "In short, when I give an opinion about persons, circumstances, a society in which I do not move, you may understand that I do not always speak justly, but let my imagination roam without regard to reality, and that I see things in a very fantastic way, just as things may appear strange when seen against the light."
JLB 375, 8/18/1883: "In short, if I pass judgement on people, circumstances, circles in which I do not move, it's understandable that I don't hit the mark but fantasize beyond nature and see things very fantastically, just as everything becomes strange when seen against the light."

303. all relatives to absolutes BVG 312, 8/17/1883.

Context:
JLB 375, 8/18/1883: "Not all beginnings have a continuation, and in nervous tension they often seem more than they are."

304. "nervous excitement" BVG 312, 8/17/1883. In a later letter, Vincent apologizes to Theo for an argument they had: "But in nervousness I blame it now on this, now on that. It's the same with other things, which I don't want to drag up now, although I later remember what I say, even in nervousness, and a grain of it may be right, yet not all beginnings have a continuation, and in nervous tension they often seem more than they are." (JLB 375, 8/18/1883.) In typical Vincent fashion, the caveat essentially cancels out the apology. "I may have been excited," he is saying, "but I was not wrong" (ibid.).

Context:
BVG 312, 8/17/1883: "It's the same with other things that I will not repeat now, though I always remember afterward even what I said in my excitement, and to a certain extent there is always a grain of truth in it; but not all principles are absolute, and in nervous excitement they often seem more important than they are."
JLB 375, 8/18/1883: "It's the same with other things, which I don't want to drag up now, although I later remember what I say, even in nervousness, and a grain of it may be right, yet not all beginnings have a continuation, and in nervous tension they often seem more than they are."

305. "passion aggravated" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "Though I have moments of passion aggravated by my temperament, yet I am calm, as he who has been acquainted with me so long knows quite well."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Although I have moments of passion, and my disposition tends to make them worse, nonetheless I'm composed, as His Hon., who's known me long enough, very well knows."

306. "I am a fanatic!" BVG R6, 11/23/1881.

Context:
JLB 190, 11/23/1881: "I'm actually a headstrong person after all!"

307. "those who are serious" BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882.

Context:
BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: "And how about those who are serious at heart, although they often have something disagreeable about them?"
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "And how is it with those who are at bottom serious, even though they often have something unpleasant about them?"

308. "I am often" BVG 212, 7/6/1882.

Context:
JLB 244, 7/6/1882: "I'm often terribly and cantankerously melancholic, irritable -- yearning for sympathy as if with a kind of hunger and thirst -- I become indifferent, sharp, and sometimes even pour oil on the flames if I don't get sympathy."

309. did not let Vincent's tantrum BVG 181, 3/11/1882. Uncle Cor's visit in early March almost derailed into a second argument when Cor disparaged two of Vincent's favorite artists -- the French illustrator Paul Gavarni and the Belgian painter Charles Degroux -- always for Vincent a virtual declaration of war. In both cases, Vincent took his uncle's comments as veiled criticisms of him: Vincent identified with Gavarni because he produced prodigious quantities of figure drawings (and was not popular among Hague artists); Degroux had a scandal-ridden private life. The latter was the more sensitive charge. Vincent quotes his uncle saying, "But surely you know there was something untoward about Degroux's private life?" (JLB 211, 3/11/1882). "You understand," Vincent continues, "that there C.M. touched a tender spot and ventured on to thin ice. I really can't let that be said about good père Degroux. So I replied, it has always seemed to me that when an artist shows his work to people he has the right to keep to himself the inner struggle of his own private life (which is directly and inextricably connected with the singular difficulties involved in producing a work of art) -- unless he unburdens himself to a very intimate friend. It is, I say, indelicate for a critic to dig up something blameworthy from the private life of someone whose work is above criticism." (ibid.)

Vincent may have been especially sensitive and defensive on this point because, by this time he was probably living with, or at least supporting, a prostitute, Sien Hoornik, and perhaps her family as well. Whether Uncle Cor was aware of this, or was just expressing a generally disapproving opinion of unconventional behavior, is hard to know. It seems early for rumors of Vincent's mistress to have reached this level of currency, even though Vincent suspects that his uncle has spoken to Tersteeg before his arrival. According to Vincent, he did not meet Sien until late January (JLB 260, 9/3/1882). Whether or not Cor was fully aware of her role (hardly unusual for the period, especially for artists and their models), Vincent's defensiveness about the accusation, given his past, was predictable, which suggests that Uncle Cor was being either intentionally provocative or stupefyingly oblivious.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "The storm threatened again because I happened to mention the name Degroux in connection with expression. C.M. suddenly asked, But surely you know there was something untoward about Degroux's private life?"

310. his nephew's thick portfolios Pollock, pp. 334-336: Many commentators make the mistake of suggesting that Vincent picked these drawings to show his uncle (e.g., Pollock, p. 335). On the contrary, Vincent's account make it clear that his uncle picked them out of Vincent's portfolio, which consisted mostly of his favored figure drawings -- a choice that undoubtedly caused Vincent great consternation. 311. one of the street scenes BVG 181, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "… a little drawing that I'd sketched once with Breitner, parading around at midnight -- namely Paddemoes (that Jewish quarter near the Nieuwe Kerk), seen from Turfmarkt."

312. "Could you make some more" BVG 181, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "Could you make more of those townscapes for me?"

313. Thrilled by his first commission BVG 180, 3/11/1882. Vincent's version is supported by an account of Jan Benjamin Kam, who visited Vincent at his Hague studio around this time. Years later, he reported to Pleisschert about his visit: "He was extremely happy at that time since a couple of city views of The Hague that he had drawn were being exhibited at Goupil's" (quoted in Van Crimpen, p. 80). Obviously, Kam has mangled some of the details (there was no exhibition at Goupil) but there is no doubt about what he is referring to. This account lends support to our question about the suitability of some of the images presumably included in the batch of drawings Vincent sent Cor. It appears to clarify that the commission was for "city views," not the picturesque but unidentifiable vignettes of which Vincent supposedly sent a number.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Theo, it's almost miraculous!!!" (Emphasis in original.)

314. "a ray of hope" BVG 181, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 181, 3/11/1882: "C. M.'s order is like a ray of hope to me."
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "C.M.'s order is a bright spot!"

315. Vincent set aside BVG 181, 3/11/1882: Vincent's capitulation on the issue of salability was complete. "I'll try to do those drawings carefully and put some spirit into them. And in any case you'll see them, and I believe, old chap, that there's more of such business. Buyers for 5-franc drawings can be found. With a bit of practice, I'll make one every day." (JLB 211, 3/11/1882; emphasis added.) Even by Vincent's standards, this represents an astonishing reversal. As recently as the previous letter, he had resisted the chorus of calls for smaller works, in watercolor, on more charming subjects, urging Theo to have "patience" and reasserting in uncompromising terms his ambition to send "work into the world that [does] bear the stamp of my own character" (JLB 210, 3/11/1882). This suggests that his occasional expressions of outrage and indignity at being pressured to make saleable works were not the pure moral stands that he noisily claims, but were, in part at least, defensive, indirect expressions of hostility toward Tersteeg and Theo. Interestingly, the commission from Cor leads Vincent directly to fantasizing a reconciliation with both: "[Uncle Cor] is one buyer I found myself. Who knows whether you won't succeed in turning up a second, and perhaps Tersteeg, when he's recovered from his reproachful fury, a third, and then things can move along." (JLB 211, 3/11/1882.)

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "I'll try to do those drawings carefully and put some spirit into them."

316. agreed to make twelve

BVG 181, 3/11/1882. The drawings that are generally accepted as belonging to this first commission are Old Street (The Paddemoes) (F 918 JH 111) through Van Stolkpark (F 922a JH 119), Bridge and Houses on the Corner of Herengracht-Prinsessegracht, The Hague (F 1679 JH121), and Nursery on Schenkweg (F 923 JH 125). Arguments have been made for The Houses on Schenkweg where Van Gogh Lived (F 915 JH 122), Staatsspoor Station (F 919 JH 123), and Country Road (F 1089 JH 124) as well. (See Pollock, pp. 335-336, and Hulsker, The New Complete Van Gogh, p. 38.) As discussed elsewhere in these notes, we believe that even if these identifications are correct, some of the listed drawings were created prior to the commission. Also, we feel obliged to point out that some of these drawings were not at all in the spirit of the original drawing on the basis of which Uncle Cor placed the order, suggesting that they are either misplaced on this list, or that Vincent included them out of spite or some fractured logic.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "Make 12 of those for me. Certainly, I said, but that means we're doing a bit of business, so let's talk straightaway about the price."

317. "views of the city" BVG 181, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 181, 3/11/1882: "'Could you make some more of these views of the city?' asked C. M."
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "Could you make more of those townscapes for me? said C.M."

318. two and a half guilders each BVG 181, 3/11/1882. This price (later summarized as 30 guilders for twelve drawings [JLB 235, 6/3/1882]) is set by one of the more endearingly pathetic negotiations in the history of art. After Cor asks for the drawings, Vincent responds, "Certainly, but that means we're doing a bit of business, so let's talk straightaway about the price. My price for a drawing of that size, whether with pencil or pen, I've fixed for myself at a rijksdaalder -- does that seem unreasonable to you?" (JLB 211, 3/11/1882.) "No," says his uncle, "if they turn out well I'll ask for another 12 of Amsterdam, provided you let me fix the price, then you'll earn a bit more" (ibid.). It is difficult to know how much of this reconstructed conversation to believe. But one thing is certain. Vincent's statement that he had "fixed for myself at a rijksdaalder" was either invention or delusion, or both. As far as we know, he had not yet sold a drawing except the 10-guilder "sale" to Tersteeg (which he later renounced out of anger) in which the drawing was really offered as security for a loan rather than purchased in an arm's length sale.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "My price for a drawing of that size, whether with pencil or pen, I've fixed for myself at a rijksdaalder …"

319. without a single comment BVG 181, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "I got out my portfolio with smaller studies and sketches. At first he said nothing -- until we came to a little drawing."

320. payment did not arrive BVG 183, 3/24/1882.

Context:
JLB 213, 3/24/1882: "The small drawings for [Uncle Cor]. They're finished and have been sent to him, but I'd hoped that His Hon. would have sent the money immediately, and now that he hasn't sent it immediately I'm afraid it's slipped his mind, and when will he send it now??? ... But I did think that C.M. would pay me immediately. They were certainly no worse than the example that prompted His Hon. to order them, and they gave me enough trouble, more than 30 guilders' worth at the very least."

321. receiving a second order BVG 184, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882. In early April, Uncle Cor ordered "6 detailed, specific, town scapes" (JLB 214, 4/2/1882; emphasis in original). When Vincent delivered the drawings in late May, he included seven: "1 small one, 4 like the enclosed and 2 large ones -- i.e. 7 items in all" (JLB 235, 6/3/1882).

Context:
JLB 214, 4/2/1882: "C.M. paid me, and a new order, but difficult enough, 6 detailed, specific, townscapes" (emphasis in original).

322. six more drawings

The works that are generally argued to be included in this second commission include Nursery on Schenkweg (F 923 JH 125), Nursery on Schenkweg (F 930 JH 138), Sien's Mother's House (F 941 JH 146), Sien's Mother's House, Closer View (F 942 JH 147), Carpenter's Yard and Laundry (F 939 JH 150), and Fish-Drying Barn, Seen From a Height (F 938 JH 152). (See also Pollock, pp. 335-336.) Here again, it is hard to believe that Vincent included in a commission from his Uncle for "special detailed views of the town," two drawings of his own, low-rent neighborhood (both titled Nursery on Schenkweg [F 923 JH 125] and [F 930 JH 138]); a drawing of the slum-like view out his back window (Carpenter's Yard and Laundry [F 939 JH 150]); and two related views of the undistinguished poor-district house of his prostitute-model's mother's house (Sien's Mother's House [F 941 JH 146] and Sien's Mother's House, Closer View [F 942 JH 147]) -- even assuming his uncle did not recognize any of the subjects. Unless, of course, he intended their inclusion as a covert show of contempt -- or if he already had them and just needed to fill out the order. (These are the kinds of subjects Vincent typically did on his own.)

323. paralyzed by suspicion BVG 193, 5/14/1882: Vincent attributes his suspicion to something Mauve told him.

Context:
JLB 228, 5/16/1882: "Mauve said to me: that uncle of yours only did that because he'd paid you a visit, but you should realize that it doesn't mean anything and that immediately afterwards it will all be over, and then you won't have anyone left. You must understand, Theo, that I can't bear that; if something like that is said to me, my hand goes limp as if paralyzed." (Emphasis in original.)

324. threatened to stop work BVG 193, 5/14/1882. Vincent continues to blame Mauve for this "paralysis," but it should be noted that, during the month of April, he also twice cites the weather as the reason for the delay in finishing the second commission (JLB 218, 4/19/1882 or 4/19/1882 and JLB 221, 4/26/1882). This suggests his paralysis may have had deeper roots in his insecurity, and that Mauve -- on whom Vincent, at this point, blamed almost everything -- was just the most convincing excuse he could offer to Theo.

Context:
JLB 228, 5/16/1882: " What do you advise: should I carry on with the order for C.M. or not? I didn't know what to do." (Emphasis in original.)

325. "I don't deserve" BVG 193, 5/14/1882.

Context:
JLB 228, 5/16/1882: "... it isn't fair to ask me to see it as a favour or something like that."

326. Theo finally conjoled him BVG 199, 5/16/1882. Theo writes sometime prior to May 16 dismissing Vincent's suspicion that Uncle Cor is not supportive of his art or has changed his mind about the commission (JLB 229, 5/18/1882).

Context:
JLB 229, 5/18/1882: "If you tell me there's no difficulty, as I thought there was, I really hope, of course, to get to work on C.M.'s order, and have done the studies for it."

327. Cor paid him less BVG 205, 6/3/1882. Vincent seems to have interpreted his uncle's assurance, at the time of the first commission ("if they turn out well I'll ask for another 12 of Amsterdam, provided you let me fix the price, then you'll earn a bit more" [JLB 211, 3/11/1882]), as a promise that the price of the second batch would exceed the price of the first (30 guilders), even though the second batch consisted of only six drawings (JLB 214, 4/2/1882). When his uncle sent 20 guilders (an average price of 2.86 guilders per drawing [because Vincent sent seven drawings instead of six] as opposed to 2.50 guilders for the first batch), Vincent saw this as a violation of their understanding, even though the price of the second batch was apparently not fixed in advance (JLB 235, 6/3/1882). Uncle Cor, no doubt, concentrated on the fifteen percent-per-drawing premium for the second batch, while Vincent concentrated on the larger size and additional difficulty of the later drawings: "bearing in mind that this last batch (the first contained 12 small ones; this had 1 small one, 4 like the enclosed and 2 large ones -- i.e. 7 items in all) was more substantial than the first" (ibid.).

Context:
JLB 235, 6/3/1882: "Naturally, although I hadn't expected him to give me 10 guilders less for this batch than for the previous one, I agree with the 20 guilders, all the more so because I left it to His Hon. to fix the price."

328. "without one written word" BVG 205, 6/3/1882.

Context:
BVG 205, 6/3/1882: "I have had news from C. M. in the form of a postal order for 20 guilders but without one written word."
JLB 235, 6/3/1882: "I have heard from C.M. in the form of a postal order for 20 guilders but without a single word to go with it."

329. "Do you really think" BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882: This is how Vincent characterizes the "reprimand" that he received from Uncle Cor along with payment. For the reasons discussed elsewhere (Ch. 16, n. 525), we believe that Vincent, in his defensiveness, projected this reproachful question onto his uncle's silence. We have adjusted tenses and pronouns from the original: "I received 20 guilders with a sort of reprimand to boot: 'did I imagine that such drawings had the least commercial value?'" (JLB 236, 6/6/1882). Our slight change in translation ("do you really think" instead of "do you happen to think" [BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882]) we believe better conveys the contemptuous incredulity Vincent clearly intends (similarly translated by Hulsker, The New Complete Van Gogh, p. 48).

Context:
JLB 236, 6/6/1882: "... did I imagine that such drawings had the least commercial value?"

330. this imagined scolding BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882. Hulsker appears to accept this "reprimand" as real, not imagined (Hulsker, The New Complete Van Gogh, p. 48).

Context:
JLB 236, 6/6/1882: "I've had a reply to my drawings, but received even less for them than I expected, although my expectation was no more than 30 guilders for 7 items. I received 20 guilders with a sort of reprimand to boot: 'did I imagine that such drawings had the least commercial value?'"

331. "I do not pretend" BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882. (We have slightly altered the translation.) Vincent represents these lines to Van Rappard as his actual response to his uncle. We have changed the tenses to reflect this (e.g., he begins: "I replied that I didn't pretend to be well-informed as to the commercial value of things" [JLB 236, 6/6/1882]). The question arises as to whether Vincent is lying to Van Rappard or to his brother. Vincent tells Van Rappard that Cor's second payment was accompanied by a "reprimand," (JLB 236, 6/6/1882) and then relates his elaborate defense. But he tells Theo that Cor's payment came "without a single word" (JLB 235, 6/3/1882). In addition to the obvious fact that Theo was more likely to discover the truth of Vincent's interaction with his uncle than Van Rappard was, we consider it dispositive of the question that Cor subsequently told Vincent he would consider buying some more drawings from him in the future "out of interest" (JLB 237, 6/8/1882). If Vincent had unleashed his full fury on his uncle, as he details it to Van Rappard, Cor would never have made this cordial, if vague, offer. The "reprimand" Vincent describes to Van Rappard was, in fact, his uncle's complete critical silence on his drawings (which is what he tells Theo), which Vincent not unreasonably interpretedas a scolding. "[It] seems to me that [Cor] had got out of the wrong side of the bed the day he received them, or that they failed to please for some reason or another" (JLB 235, 6/3/1882).

The rest of the "argument" with Cor takes place only in Vincent's head, as recorded in his letter to Van Rappard. In the next letter to Van Rappard, at the end of June, after hearing Van Rappard's positive comments about the drawings for Cor (Vincent must have sent him sketches), Vincent pulls back from his harsh characterization of his uncle's opinion. "Later, however, I heard from someone else that they weren't so bad and that he [Uncle Cor] hadn't meant to be so critical" (JLB 240, 6/24/1882). This suggests that Vincent's earlier comments to Van Rappard were a means of hedging his friend's reaction to his drawings: by exaggerating Cor's negative reaction, Vincent was eliciting conciliatory comments from Van Rappard -- a tactic he would use often with both Van Rappard and Theo. In this case, the strategy worked. Once those compliments were forthcoming, however, Vincent felt free to "revise" his uncle's opinion to a more favorable position, thus reconfirming his continued good relations with the prominent Amsterdam dealer, at least in Van Rappard's eyes. This kind of complex strategy of managing his relationships was typical for Vincent. What is not clear is just how conscious it was.

Context:
BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882: " I do not pretend to be acquainted with the commercial value of things – that since he as a merchant told me there was no commercial value in them, I did not want to contradict him, or deny it – that I personally attach more importance to the artistic value, and prefer to interest myself in nature instead of calculating prices and fixing commercial value, and preferred to interest myself in nature instead of calculating prices and fixing commercial values – that if, after all, I spoke to him about the price, and could not give my things gratis for nothing, this is because, like all other human beings, I have my human needs, wanting food and a roof over my head."
JLB 236, 6/6/1882: " I didn't pretend to be well-informed as to the commercial value of things, that now that he, as a dealer, told me that they were of no commercial value, I had no desire to contradict or question that, that for my part I attached more importance to the artistic than to the commercial value, and would rather immerse myself in nature than calculate prices. And that when I talked to him about the price and didn't give him the things for nothing, that was because I, like everyone else, had my basic needs for food, accommodation, &c., and saw it as a duty to ensure that I took care of these relatively minor matters. "

266 332. "ungrateful, rude and impertinent" BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882: This is Vincent's imagined reply to his imagined rebuttal to Uncle Cor's imagined "reprimand."

Context:
BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882: "But I am practically sure that what will happen is that this behaviour of mine will he considered ungrateful, rude and impertinent."
JLB 236, 6/6/1882: "I have little doubt, though, that my course of action will be viewed as ungrateful, rude and impertinent."

333. "Your uncle in Amsterdam" BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882. In this case, Vincent actually puts the imagined response in quotations. We have adjusted the tenses and pronouns accordingly, and tried to make somewhat coherent an original that is fragmented and verb-less (apparently Vincent's effort to capture his uncle's stuttering indignation).

Context:
JLB 236, 6/6/1882: "... your uncle in Amsterdam, who had your best interests at heart and was so kind to you and helped you so much, that it's your own fault' &c. &c. &c."

334. "I am willing" BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882.

Context:
BVG R9, 6/4/1882-6/5/1882: "But I told him that I did not want to impose my work upon him against his wishes, and that I was willing to send him new drawings, but that I was equally willing to reconcile myself to losing his custom."
JLB 236, 6/6/1882: "But that I didn't want to force my work on His Hon. against his will, and was prepared to send him new drawings if he wanted, but was also prepared to accept the loss of his custom."

335. "does not quite obey" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 180, 3/11/1882: "It may be this is done by a hand that does not quite obey my will, but still the boy's type is there."
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "It might have been done with a hand that doesn't exactly obey my will yet, but even so it contains the type of that orphan boy."

336. bodies stretched and bent

Surviving examples from this period are Standing Woman, Half-Length (F 804 JH 103), Sien with Child on her Lap (F 1071 JH 104), Torn-Up Street with Diggers (F 930a JH 131), Diggers in Torn-Up Street (F None JH 132), Sien Pregnant, Walking with Older Woman (F 988a JH 148), Meadows Near Rijswijk (F 927 JH 161), and Three Woodcutters Walking (F 948 JH 171).

337. watercolors, daubs missed BVG 272, 3/4/1883: Typically, Vincent blames some of his problems with the method on his materials.

Context:
JLB 324, 3/4/1883: "This morning I began a watercolour of a boy and a girl at a similar soup distribution with another female figure in the corner. That watercolour became too unclear, partly due to the paper, which wasn't right for it."

338. colors muddied BVG 173, 1/26/1882: We take this to be the import of Vincent's complaint about his watercolors becoming "thick."

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "Well, I also have hope and I'll work myself to the bone, but one is sometimes driven to desperation when one wants to work something up a bit more and it turns out thick. It's enough to drive one to distraction, for it's no small difficulty."

339. perspective drawings, lines skewed Van Heugten, pp. 106-108: Van Heugten refers to Entrance to the Pawn Bank, The Hague (F None JH 126, March, 1882, pencil, pen, 9.4 x 13.4 in., 24 x 34 cm., Amsterdam, Van Gogh Museum). 340. fell at contradictory angles

Van Heugten, pp. 106-108: In Entrance to the Pawn Bank, The Hague (F None JH 126, March, 1882, pencil, pen, 9.4 x 13.4 in., 24 x 34 cm., Amsterdam, Van Gogh Museum), Van Heugten points out, the shadows of the two men in the foreground "should be parallel, not divergent."

341. figures floated out

Van Heugten, pp. 106-108: Referring to Entrance to the Pawn Bank, The Hague (F None JH 126, March, 1882, pencil, pen, 9.4 x 13.4 in., 24 x 34 cm., Amsterdam, Van Gogh Museum), Van Heugten writes, "the sizes of the figures are completely wrong. The two men in the foreground, for example, reduce all the others to dwarfs." The other obvious example that needs no expert explication is Torn-Up Street with Diggers (F 930a JH 131, April, 1882, pen, pencil, 16.9 x 24.8 in., 43 x 63 cm., Berlin, Kupferstichkabinett), in which the figures appear to be applied with hardly a thought to their spatial relationships.

342. combination of brave optimism BVG 176, 2/18/1882. "Naturally it doesn't automatically go well and easily straightaway. ... But it will lead to a brighter future, so I work on with as much cold-bloodedness as I can muster, and don't let myself be deterred by my mistakes." (JLB 200, 1/14/1882.)

Context:
JLB 205, 2/18/1882: "This week, in addition to the one Mr. Tersteeg bought, I've made around 3 studies that are still not right in execution, though the drawing is better, thank goodness."

343. "The way they turned out" BVG 308, 8/2/1883.

Context:
BVG 308, 8/2/1883: "Last year I repeatedly tried to paint figure studies, but the way they turned out made me desperate."
JLB 370, 8/3/1883: "Last year I repeatedly tried to paint figure studies. Well, I was driven to desperation by the way they turned out. "

344. vowing to overpower the images BVG 195, 5/1/1882.

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "And provided I myself am capable of doing something, I'll make twice as much progress, and perhaps it will prove easier than expected."

345. "hand-to-hand struggle" BVG 195, 5/1/1882.

Context:
BVG 195, 5/1/1882: "But before any success there must first come the hand-to-hand struggle with the things in nature."
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "But first, before any success, hand-to-hand combat with the things in nature."

346. pushed himself to go faster BVG 270, 3/2/1883. Vincent says this about watercolor: "But I'll have to get through still more failures. For I believe that with watercolour much depends on great dexterity and working quickly." (JLB 322, 3/2/1883.) But elsewhere extends the mandate of speed to both drawing and painting: "With CONSIDERABLE practice and with lengthy practice, it enables one to draw at lightning speed and, once the lines are fixed, to paint at lightning speed" (JLB 254, 8/5/1882-8/6/1882; emphasis in original).

Context:
JLB 322, 3/2/1883: "For I believe that with watercolour much depends on great dexterity and working quickly."

347. "Things like this are difficult" BVG 235, 10/1/1882.

Context:
JLB 270, 10/1/1882: "Things like this are difficult, though, and won't come off in one go."

348. "When they do work" BVG 235, 10/1/1882.

Context:
JLB 270, 10/1/1882: "Success is sometimes the outcome of a whole string of failures."

349. one out of twenty drawings BVG 195, 5/1/1882.

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "That 1 in 20 is no longer an accident, though, I can count on that. There will probably be 1 every week about which I feel 'that will remain.'"

350. "more characteristic" BVG R37, 6/14/1883-6/15/1883. It should be noted that the original Bonger translation has been split into two different letters by JLB. This specific quote (according to JLB) comes from a latter letter (JLB 437, 3/13/1884), which is dated nine months after the original Bonger dating (BVG R37, 6/14/1883-6/15/1883).

Context:
BVG R37, 6/14/1883-6/15/1883: "If I have the good fortune to find a model who is quiet and collected, then I draw it repeatedly, and then at last a study turns up which is different from an ordinary study -- I mean more characteristic, more deeply felt."
JLB 437, 3/13/1884: "If I hit it off with a model so that it's calm and quiet and I'm already familiar with it, if I draw that model repeatedly, then among the studies one will eventually come through that's something different from an ordinary study, more true to type, that's to say: more felt."

351. "This will last" BVG 195, 5/1/1882. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 195, 5/1/1882: "There will be one every week, of which I feel, it will last."
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "There will probably be 1 every week about which I feel 'that will remain.'"

352. made copy after copy BVG R37, 6/14/1883-6/15/1883.

Context:
JLB 437, 3/13/1884: "If I hit it off with a model so that it's calm and quiet and I'm already familiar with it, if I draw that model repeatedly, then among the studies one will eventually come through that's something different from an ordinary study, more true to type, that's to say: more felt."

353. sometimes ten in a row BVG 231, 9/17/1882.

Context:
JLB 264, 9/17/1882: "I have at least 10 different events surrounding the arrival of that pink."

354. "Later one hardly" JLB 226, 5/12/1882 or 5/13/188.

Context:
JLB 226, 5/12/1882 or 5/13/188: "And one must be so engrossed in it that something quickly takes shape on the sheet of paper or the canvas, where at first there was nothing, so that later one hardly knows how one tossed it off."

355. despite his persistent inability At this point in his career, Vincent understands his own work -- his strengths and weaknesses -- very poorly. He is so preoccupied by the emotional dimensions of his art -- models and sex on the one hand; asserting his independence from Theo and opposing the authority of Mauve and Tersteeg on the other -- that his art suffers terribly from bad management during this whole period. Of course, if it had been better managed, he probably never would have started in the first place, and certainly never would have persisted. It was only Vincent's emotional need and his psychosis (his disconnection from the realities of the world) that made it possible for him to persist in the face of so many obstacles -- first and foremost, his lack of facility. 267 356. "There is something" BVG R36, 5/25/1883.

Context:
JLB 346, 5/25/1889: "... one loses things one has found because of this wiping off unless one works very carefully."

357. "the more one sows" BVG 232, 9/18/1882.

Context:
BVG 232, 9/18/1882: "In short, I reckon the studies to be the seed, and the more one sows, the more one may hope to reap."
JLB 265, 9/17/1882 or 9/18/1882: "In short, I think of the studies as seed, and the more one sows the more one may hope to reap."

358. "The figure takes more time" BVG 174, 2/13/1882.

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "Although the figure is more difficult and a more complicated matter, I believe it's more solid in the long run."

359. streetscapes with Breitner BVG R8, 5/28/1882.

Context:
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "If I didn't have to earn a living, that's to say by drawing those townscapes, I would do only figures in times like these …"

360. his own unruly hand BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "And no matter how clumsy my hand, that hand will still have to end up doing what my head wants."

361. even landscape BVG 149, 8/1/1881-9/30/1881. Vincent was talking specifically about the French landscapist Camille Corot: "Corot drew and modelled every tree trunk with the same devotion and love as if it were a figure."

Context:
JLB 171, 8/26/1881: "In Corot every tree-trunk is drawn and modelled with attention and love as though it were a figure."

362. "[One must] draw" BVG 152, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881. This position definitely represents a rhetorical escalation from his comment to Van Rappard about the same time on the relationship between figure drawing and landscape: "I feel more and more as time goes on that figure drawing in particular is good, that it also works indirectly to the good of landscape drawing" (JLB 174, 10/21/1881). We suggest that the difference is that, with Theo, Vincent felt the need to parry the pressure to do "charming" images, especially landscapes, rather than his severe figures.

Context:
JLB 175, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881: "If one draws a pollard willow as though it were a living being, which it actually is, then the surroundings follow more or less naturally, if only one has focused all one's attention on that one tree and hasn't rested until there was some life in it."

363. Alfred Sensier's biography BVG 180, 3/11/1882. Vincent refers to borrowing a copy of the Sensier from De Bock in March in a way that suggests a prior reading, which seems almost inevitable given Vincent's longtime enthusiasm for both Millet and biography. However, several months later, in May, he writes Van Rappard: "It has much that only Sensier, as Millet's intimate friend, could know, and certainly contains new information, at least it was new to me, despite the fact that I had read various things about M. already" (JLB 232, 5/28/1882). This would suggest that this was his first reading.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Listen, Theo, what a man that Millet was! I have the big work by Sensier on loan from De Bock. It interests me so much that I wake up at night and light the lamp and go on reading. Because during the day I have to work."

364. "What a giant!" BVG 180, 3/11/1882.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "... what a man that Millet was!"

365. " L'art c'est un combat" BVG 180, 3/11/1882: Vincent provides the fuller Millet quote, some of which troubles modern readers: "L'art c'est un combat -- dans l'art il faut y mettre sa peau. Il s'agit de travailler comme plusieurs nègres: J'aimerais mieux ne rien dire que de m'exprimer faiblement." (Art is a fight -- one must put one's hide [i.e, utmost] into art. The thing to do is to work like a lot of negroes: I would rather say nothing than express myself feebly.)

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: " Art is a battle -- you have to put your whole life into art. One must work like a bunch of negroes. I'd rather say nothing than express myself weakly." (Emphasis in original.)

366. "drowsy dusk" BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882. Vincent also refers to this atmosphere as "yellow soap," an expression apparently borrowed from Mauve to refer to the neutrally colored, atmospheric ambience of both his watercolors and oil paintings. Vincent, too, uses the term in relation to both media.

Context:
BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882: "You see, I am seeking for tone, a head or little hand which has light and life in it, and which stands out against the drowsy dusk of the background, and then boldly against it all that part of the chimney and stove -- iron and stone -- and a wooden floor."
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "You see I'm looking for tone, a head or a hand that glows, with life in it, and that stands out against a drowsy background, twilit, and standing out boldly against that, that fragment of fireplace and stove, iron and brick, and a wooden floor."

367. "This little drawing" BVG 188, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 218, 4/19/1882 or 4/19/1882: "Perhaps more effort went into this little drawing than into many a watercolour."

368. "I have brushed it" BVG 195, 5/1/1882. Vincent is referring to a drawing he calls "Roots" which, according to him, was very similar to Study of a Tree (F 933r JH 142, late April, 1882, black and white chalk, black ink, pencil, watercolor, 19.7 x 27.2 in., 50 x 69 cm., Otterlo, Kröller-Müller Museum) which he sent to Theo in early May (JLB 223, 5/2/1882). This drawing is variously referred to in the literature as Study of a Tree, Tree Roots, and Les Racines.

Context:
BVG 195, 5/1/1882: "Though the 'Roots' is only a pencil drawing, I have brushed it in with lead pencil and scraped it of again, as I would if I were painting."
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "Although Roots is only a 'pencil' drawing, it has been brushed in and scraped off, the same as one paints."

369. even scraped off

BVG 195, 5/1/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 368.)

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "Although Roots is only a 'pencil' drawing, it has been brushed in and scraped off, the same as one paints."

370. handkerchief or feather BVG 154, 11/7/1881.

Context:
JLB 180, 11/7/1881: "Once the indispensable outlines have been found, we dust off the charcoal with a handkerchief or a wing and search more intimately for the contours."

371. "warmer and deeper" BVG 195, 5/1/1882.

Context:
BVG 195, 5/1/1882: "One can do great things with charcoal soaked in oil, I have seen Weissenbruch do it; the oil fixes the charcoal and at the same time the black becomes warmer and deeper."
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "One can do wonderful things with charcoal that has been soaked in oil, I've seen this from Weissenbruch. The oil is then the fixative, and the black becomes warmer and deeper."

372. "heavy, thick, black and dull" BVG 173, 1/26/1882. The danger of drawings becoming overworked or "flat" was especially serious when Vincent worked in charcoal, which is why he preferred to work with a carpenter's pencil (JLB 203, 1/26/1882). "I would like to see someone make a charcoal drawing -- with me it so quickly becomes flat" (JLB 267, 9/19/1882).

Context:
BVG 173, 1/26/1882: "When my drawings become heavy, thick, muddy, black and dull, Mauve comforts me by saying, "If your work were transparent now, it would only possess a certain chic, and it would probably become heavy later on."
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "This is what Mauve says to console me when my drawings turn out heavy, thick, muddy, black, dead: If you were already working thinly now, it would only be being stylish and later your work would probably become thick. Now, though, you're struggling and it becomes heavy, but later it will become quick and thin. If indeed it turns out like that, I have nothing against it." (Emphasis in original.)

373. skies lower menacingly

For example: The Houses on Schenkweg where Van Gogh Lived (F 1679 JH122) and Country Road (F 1089 JH124). Van Heugten explains the darkness of Country Road by suggesting that Vincent "probably intended to depict dusk falling" (Van Heugten, p. 118). He describes the highlights of opaque white watercolor in the sky as "the last rays of dying sunlight being reflected off the clouds" (ibid.). This is possible, of course, but there are shadows that suggest the sun is still relatively high and off to the left of the picture, not straight ahead, as the highlights indicate. In other drawings around this time (Nursery on Schenkweg [F 930 JH138] and Carpenter's Yard and Laundry [F 939 JH 150]), Vincent darkens the image by raising the horizon almost to the top of the picture. Vincent implicitly recognized this problem when he wrote Van Rappard about Carpenter's Yard and Laundry: "I've added a new black by working on it in pen, and now 'the sun shines' because the lights stand out more strongly" (JLB 232, 5/28/1882).

374. dark rivers pass

For example: Ditch Along the Schenkweg (F 921 JH 116), Van Stolkpark (F 922a JH 119), and Bridge and Houses on the Corner of Herengracht-Prinsessegracht, The Hague (F 1679 JH 121). In other drawings (The Houses on Schenkweg where Van Gogh Lived [F 915 JH 122], Staatsspoor Station [F 915 JH 123], and Nursery on Schenkweg [F 930 JH 138]), the water is reduced to a water-filled ditch or small canal, just enough to make room for one of Vincent's favorite pictorial tropes, reflections. To accommodate them, however, Vincent had to darken the surrounding water.

375. shadows veil buildings

For example: Old Street (The Paddemoes) (F 918 JH 111) (which Vincent maintains was painted at midnight [JLB 211, 3/11/1882], although this may be his implausible effort to excuse the darkness of the image), Factory (F 925 JH 117), Gasworks (F 924 JH 118), Bridge and Houses on the Corner of Herengracht-Prinsessegracht, The Hague (F 1679 JH 121) (there is no natural reason for the building in the background to be in deep shadow), The Houses on Schenkweg where Van Gogh Lived (F 915 JH 122), Entrance to the Pawn Bank, The Hague (F None JH 126), and Nursery on Schenkweg (F 930 JH 138).

376. "When you draw" BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882. Vincent does not provide much context for this comment, so it is difficult to be certain how Mauve meant it or how Vincent took it. Vincent relates it at a time when he is furious at Tersteeg's criticisms and alienated from Mauve to an extent and for reasons that he does not share with Theo. We think that Mauve clearly did not intend it as a compliment to Vincent's drawings and only might have intended it as an encouraging comment on his potential as a painter (a prospect that probably did not seem imminent). More likely, given the unstated context of antagonism, the comment merely tries to put a discreet positive spin on Vincent's impatient inability to master the reticence and lightness of touch, whether in pencil or in watercolor, that was so prized by the Hague School artists. His natural tendency was to do and redo until something was right or it failed completely -- a heavy-handed persistence that could be disguised in oil painting, but not very well in drawings. A token of this was Vincent's continuing preference for opaque watercolor (also referred to as gouache) over true (transparent) watercolor (see Van Heugten, p. 26). Opaque watercolor was a far more forgiving medium and Vincent used it to cover mistakes very much as one would use oil paint. This, in fact, may be the tendency Mauve is referring to in the cited passage, as he himself had tried and failed to wean Vincent from relying on opaque watercolor ("body-colour") precisely because it was not in the transparent spirit of the medium (JLB 269, 9/25/1882).

Context:
BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882: "The substance of what Mauve has said up to now is, 'Vincent, when you draw, you are a painter.'"
JLB 208, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882: "The summary of what Mauve has said to me so far is: Vincent, when you draw you're a painter" (emphasis in original).

377. "I cannot stand" BVG 181, 3/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 181, 3/11/1882: "I did not stay for the farce because I do not like them and I cannot stand the close air of a crowded hall, but I wanted to see the tableaux, especially as there was one after an etching which I had given to Mauve, "The Stable at Bethlehem" by Nicolaes Maes (the other was Rembrandt's "Isaac Blessing Jacob," with a splendid Rebecca looking on to see if her trick will succeed)."
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "I skipped the farce, because I can't stand caricatures or the fug of an assembly hall, but I wanted to see the tableaux vivants, especially because one of them was done after an etching I gave Mauve as a present, Nicolaas Maes, the stable at Bethlehem. (The other was Rembrandt, Isaac blessing Jacob, with a superb Rebecca who watches to see if her ruse will succeed.)"

268 378. right to draw from models BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882.

Context:
JLB 197, 1/5/1882: "Mauve has promised to recommend me for an associate membership of Pulchri, because there I'd be able to draw from a model two evenings a week and would have more contact with artists."

379. imposing home on Prinsegracht De Leeuw, Sillevis, and Dumas, pp. 78-79, fig. 58: The society's home was referred to as the Hofje van Nieuwkoop. 380. he never wrote a word Van Heugten draws a different conclusion from the lack of evidence of Vincent's involvement at the Pulchri: "Although no drawings can be traced to those sessions, and Van Gogh says nothing about them in his letters, it can be assumed that he regularly took advantage of this arrangement" (Van Heugten, p. 34). We think there are at least three arguments, in addition to the lack of evidence, that support our opposite reading: Vincent's reticence to work or socialize in groups; his early (and no doubt related) antagonism to other artists in The Hague; and his need to have personal control of his models, which he would not have had at Pulchri. The last of these is discussed later in this chapter. 381. only two recorded attempts BVG 174, 2/13/1882: Vincent reported going to see "an art viewing at Pulchri" in early February, and to see a "Tableaux vivants" in early March (JLB 211, 3/11/1882). There was also a farce by Tony Offermans being presented the same night, but Vincent "skipped the farce, because I can't stand caricatures or the fug of an assembly hall" (ibid.).

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "Last week I went to an art viewing at Pulchri which had sketches by Bosboom and [Gerke] Henkes."

382. gave up on social visits BVG 178, 3/3/1882.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "For the rest I'll run after people less and less as time goes on, whoever they may be, neither art dealers nor painter …"

383. "I do not like" BVG 212, 7/6/1882.

Context:
BVG 212, 7/6/1882: " I do not like to be in company, and often find it painful and difficult to mingle with people, to speak to them."
JLB 244, 7/6/1882: " I don't enjoy company, and dealing with people, talking to them, is often painful and difficult for me." This is taken from a letter six months later, but expresses a closely related sentiment.

384. Pulchri's popular exhibition series Stolwijk, "An Art Dealer in the Making: Theo van Gogh in The Hague," pp. 21-22: "The society endeavoured to promote 'the visual arts in general, and the interests of artists in particular,' and to foster 'the artistic sense' by organising exhibitions and art viewings. Pulchri Studio was particularly famous for the latter which, according to one critic, 'always [held] an exceptional attraction' for the public." 385. supported by Bernard Blommers BVG 183, 3/24/1882. "Blommers [1845-1914; Dutch artist] has asked me to give a talk one evening at Pulchri about my collection of woodcuts after Herkomer, Frank Holl, [George] Du Maurier &c. I'd very much like to do it, I have enough for two evenings if necessary." This, at least, is Vincent's version of events. Given the overwhelmingly negative response of the Pulchri artists, however, other scenarios should at least be considered. Given Vincent's need to justify his obsession with figure drawing to Theo, it is possible that the exhibition was entirely Vincent's initiative, with, at most, a word of polite encouragement from Blommers. It is hard to believe that Blommers, who was young, successful, well-connected, and well-liked, could have so radically misjudged his fellows' reaction. It is true, however, than any alternate scenario has to confront Vincent's elaborate story of Blommer's spirited, if unsuccessful, advocacy. Vincent describes him as "angry because Pulchri's board had complained about" the exhibition and determined to override their veto: "Blommers wanted to go ahead with it anyway, and told me to have them ready for next Saturday" (JLB 214, 4/2/1882).

Context:
JLB 213, 3/24/1882: "Blommers has asked me to give a talk one evening at Pulchri about my collection of woodcuts after Herkomer, Frank Holl, Du Maurier &c."

386. a successful Hague School painter Blommers was born January 31, 1847, which means that he was thirty-five when he approached Vincent about doing the exhibition at the Pulchri in late March. Vincent was twenty-eight at the time, but only a week or so away from his twenty-ninth birthday (March 30). 387. opposition, even ridicule BVG R12, 9/12/1882-9/14/1882. This is the only way to interpret Vincent's later summary of the reaction of Hague artists to his beloved illustrators: "More than once that people began to rail viciously against what they called 'the illustrative'" (JLB 263, 9/12/1882-9/17/1882; emphasis added). This is also the thrust of Vincent's report of Blommers's conversation with the Pulchri committee that rejected the idea of an exhibition of Vincent's prints: "Sat here looking at them for 3 hours, and was angry because Pulchri's board had complained about 'those things one sees now and then in the Zuid-Hollandsch Koffiehuis [South-Holland Coffee House]'"(JLB 278, 11/1/1882). Later, Vincent clarifies just how negative this comment is: "The definition that many a painter here in Holland gives in reply to the question 'What is a wood engraving?' is: 'it's those things lying in the Zuid-Hollandsch Koffiehuis'. So they rank them among the drinks. And the makers of them among the drunks, perhaps." (JLB 278, 11/1/1882; emphasis in original.) This has the ring of a comment that Vincent has actually heard and has burned itself into his memory.

Context:
JLB 263, 9/12/1882-9/17/1882: "… more than once that people began to rail viciously against what they called 'the illustrative …'"

388. "illustrations" BVG R12, 9/12/1882-9/14/1882. Vincent summarized their views to Van Rappard. In typical obsessive fashion, he repeats the disdainful characterization in his next letter to Van Rappard: "Like me, you've no doubt heard talk -- on the subject of 'the illustrative'" (JLB 267, 9/19/1882).

Context:
BVG R12, 9/12/1882-9/14/1882: "I don't know what your experience has been with artists here -- more than once I have found that fellows started to abuse most maliciously what they call 'the illustrative.'"
JLB 263, 9/12/1882-9/17/1882: "I don't know what your experience of getting on with artists here has been like -- I've found more than once that people began to rail viciously against what they called 'the illustrative.'"

389. too superficial BVG R8, 5/28/1882. "They [artists in The Hague] don't believe in English art, and judge it too superficially in my view" (JLB 232, 5/28/1882). In Vincent's mind, this criticism refers to the literal (i.e., story-telling) subjects of the English illustrators. He relates an argument he had with Mauve on the issue: "Mauve always says, 'That is literary art,' but doesn't realize that the English writers like Dickens and Eliot and Currer Bell, and among the French Balzac [, are so astonishingly 'plastic,' if I may put it like that, that it's as powerful as, say, a drawing by Herkomer or Fildes or Israëls " (ibid.).

Context:
BVG R8, 5/28/1882: "It is a pity that the artists here know so little of their English colleagues. Mauve, for instance, was quite thrilled when he saw Millais' landscape "Chill October," but for all that they don't believe in English art, and they look upon it in too superficial a manner, I think."
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "It's a pity that the artists here know so little about the English. Mauve, for example, was enthusiastic when he saw that landscape by Millais, Chill October, but they don't believe in English art, and judge it too superficially in my view."

390. too sentimental BVG R8, 5/28/1882. This is implied by Vincent's response to the criticisms leveled against the English illustrators. The implication of this and other of Vincent's comments is that the Hague School artists considered themselves too sophisticated for the emotional simplicity of English illustrations; they belonged to the "modern" era, not the Victorian. (It should be noted that Vincent lumps the Dutchman Israëls in with his beloved English artists.)

Context:
BVG R8, 5/28/1882: "Speaking for myself, I hate skepticism just as much as sentimentality; I do not want to suggest that the artists here are skeptics or cynics, but sometimes they seem to be, and take on a certain air of it, whereas confronted with nature they are as serious and devout as can be."
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "Personally, I detest scepticism as much as sentimentality. I don't mean to insinuate that artists here are sceptics or cynical, but they often give that impression and have that air."

391. disagreements as personal attacks BVG 195, 5/1/1882. Vincent clearly identifies himself with the rejected (mostly English) illustrators in the proposed exhibition of prints.

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "Here everyone criticizes the technique [of my drawings], but I also hear the same platitudes from everyone about English drawings, for example" (emphasis in original).

392. took their rejection BVG 187, 4/15/1882. By mid-April, the proposal for an exhibition had died. Vincent gives no details, saying only: "Went recently to see Blommers in his studio. The viewing of woodcuts didn't take place after all." Presumably the details were too hurtful. Vincent tries to keep a stiff upper lip, however: "I actually benefited by it in that I finally got round to sorting them out and putting them in order."

Context:
JLB 217, 4/14/1882: "Went recently to see Blommers in his studio. The viewing of woodcuts didn't take place after all, but I actually benefited by it in that I finally got round to sorting them out and putting them in order."

393. a declaration of war BVG R13, 9/18/1882-9/19/1882: Vincent does not raise the subject of this debate until months later in a letter to Van Rappard. Even then, it is only our inference that an actual debate took place at the time of the proposed Pulchri exhibition. However, Vincent's summary of the debate is too specific, too explicit, and too heartfelt to be anything other than a recapitulation of an actual debate he has had; the subject of this debate directly relates to the conflict around the cancellation of that exhibition; and Vincent had virtually no contact with fellow Hague artists after the Pulchri debacle (mid-April). "Like me, you've no doubt heard talk -- on the subject of 'the illustrative' -- against [Gustave] Doré ... There may be a difference, but there's also correspondence. Doré can model a torso and construct the joints better, infinitely better, than many a person who scoffs at him like a conceited know-all -- witness, for example, that print of sea bathing, which for him is no more than a scratch. I'm only saying that if someone like Millet made comments about Doré's drawing -- I doubt if he would, but suppose he did -- well, he would have the right to do so. But when those who with their two hands can't do a tenth of what Doré can do with one finger rail against his work, that's nothing but arrogance, and they'd be well advised to be silent and to learn to draw better themselves. It's so silly that this lack of appreciation of drawing is so widespread these days." (JLB 267, 9/19/1882.) It is possible that this sudden flashback to the arguments of several months previously was triggered by something Van Rappard wrote. Even if this was not the exact subject of Vincent's arguments around the cancellation of the Pulchri exhibition, his later comments are certainly a valid stand-in for the arguments that surely took place at the time.

Context:
JLB 267, 9/19/1882: "Like me, you've no doubt heard talk -- on the subject of 'the illustrative' -- against Doré above all, and of course against [Edmond] Morin."

394. "humbug" BVG R13, 9/18/1882-9/19/1882.

Context:
BVG R13, 9/18/1882-9/19/1882: "I say that, if somebody like Millet had criticized Dorés drawing -- I doubt if he would ever have done it, but suppose he had -- well, then he would have had a right to do so; but when those who with their ten fingers cannot do a tenth of what Doré can do with a single finger revile his work, then it is nothing but humbug, and it would be more appropriate if they held their tongues and learned to draw better themselves."
JLB 267, 9/19/1882: "I'm only saying that if someone like Millet made comments about Doré's drawing -- I doubt if he would, but suppose he did -- well, he would have the right to do so. But when those who with their two hands can't do a tenth of what Doré can do with one finger rail against his work, that's nothing but arrogance, and they'd be well advised to be silent and to learn to draw better themselves."

395. choking on bitter denunciations BVG R12, 9/12/1882-9/14/1882. Among many passages suffused with bitterness: "I don't know what your experience of getting on with artists here has been like -- I've found more than once that people began to rail viciously against what they called 'the illustrative' in a manner that to me very clearly proved they had no understanding of the matter at all, were completely unaware of what's going on in that sphere. And were also not to be persuaded, or rather chose not to even take the trouble to look at a few things. Or if they did look, it was in their head for a short time and then straight out again." (JLB 263, 9/12/1882-9/17/1882.) He dismissed their criticism as "talk" and "arrogance," and launched a sweeping indictment of their critical faculties: "It's so silly that this lack of appreciation of drawing is so widespread these days" (JLB 267, 9/19/1882). His characterizations of his opposition grew increasingly disdainful: "If you talked to anyone about them, they answered loftily with a certain contempt that yes, they were 'quite nice'" (ibid.).

Context:
JLB 263, 9/12/1882-9/17/1882: "I've found more than once that people began to rail viciously against what they called 'the illustrative' in a manner that to me very clearly proved they had no understanding of the matter at all …"

396. "pedantic self-conceit" BVG R13, 9/18/1882-9/19/1882.

Context:
BVG R13, 9/18/1882-9/19/1882: "Doré can model a torso and put together the joints better, infinitely better, than many who revile him with pedantic self-conceit -- witness that one sheet which to him was no more than a rough sketch of sea bathers."
JLB 267, 9/19/1882: "Doré can model a torso and construct the joints better, infinitely better, than many a person who scoffs at him like a conceited know-all -- witness, for example, that print of sea bathing, which for him is no more than a scratch."

397. "In a year" BVG 193, 5/14/1882.

Context:
BVG 193, 5/14/1882: "When in a year -- or I don't know how long -- I shall be able to draw that Geest or any other street as I see it, with those figures of old women, workmen, girls, then Tersteeg, etc., will be very kind. But then they will hear me thunder, 'Go to hell'; and I shall say, You deserted me when I was in trouble, friend, I don't know you, go away, you're standing in my light."
JLB 228, 5/16/1882: "If in a year's time, or I don't know how much longer or shorter, I can draw that Geest district or another street as I see it with the figures of old women, workers, girls, then H.G.T &c. will be very pleasant, but then they'll get my 'go to hell' and I'll say, you left me in the lurch when I was in trouble, friend, I don't know you, go away, you're standing in my light."

398. he accused people of laughing BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: Vincent was referring to his nemesis, Tersteeg.

Context:
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "I heard that he laughed at my becoming a painter."

399. "obstruct" BVG 221, 8/1/1882: Vincent frames this as a more general statement, but there is no mistake about his belief that he is Exhibit A in support of the generalization.

Context:
BVG 221, 8/1/1882: "And one is almost inclined to say: confound it, the painters are almost like a family, namely, a fatal combination of persons with contrary interests, each of whom is opposed to the rest, and two or more are of the same opinion only when it is a question of combining together to obstruct another member."
JLB 252, 7/31/1882: "The painters are a family too. That's to say, an ill-fated association of people with conflicting interests, each one at odds with the rest, two or more of whom share the same feelings only when they join forces to obstruct another member."

400. "trying to devour" BVG 193, 5/14/1882: This may be directed specifically at Mauve, or it may be more general. Blommers had recently completed a house in The Hague; and Mauve would soon move to a villa in Laren. (He visited there for the first time in June 1882; moved there in 1885.) Because of the success of the Hague School by this time, many of its more prominent proponents had or would soon have "villas" in the country. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 193, 5/14/1882: "There used to be better feeling among painters; now they try to devour each other, and are big personages who have villas and scheme to get ahead."
JLB 228, 5/16/1882: "Years ago there was a different tone among painters -- now they devour each other and are fine gentlemen living in villas and intriguing."

401. "jealousy" and "intrigues" BVG 252, 12/11/1882.

Context:
BVG 252, 12/11/1882: "Here in The Hague there are clever, great men, I readily admit it; but in many respects what a miserable state of affairs -- what intrigues, what quarrels, what jealousy."
JLB 293, 12/11/1882: "Here in The Hague -- there are clever, great men, I readily acknowledge that, but in many respects what a wretched state of affairs it is. What intriguing, quarrelling, envy." "

402. directed against him BVG 201, 6/2/1882-6/3/1882. Vincent says this specifically about things said "in the family," but it perfectly reflects his more general paranoia, as a later passage confirms (JLB 234, 6/1/1882-6/2/1882). Referring to others in the art community in The Hague, Vincent writes, "There will very soon be a stop to the gossip, and then only in certain circles will I be seen as a social pariah and be cast out. Which leaves me pretty indifferent, and to which I'm already accustomed." (JLB 250, 7/23/1882.)

Context:
JLB 234, 6/1/1882-6/2/1882: "I'm aware that sometimes very ugly things were repeatedly said about me in the family in various ways, although I don't know the exact source."

403. "The better my drawings" BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "For I am afraid that the better my drawings become, the more difficulty and opposition I shall meet."
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: "For I fear that the better I draw the more trouble and opposition I'll encounter."

404. "Am I really so ill-mannered" BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882; emphasis in original. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: " Am I ill-mannered in another sense, that is, insolent and indelicate? I cannot believe, Theo, that I could be such a monster of insolence and impoliteness as to deserve to be cut off from society, or as Tersteeg says, "should not be allowed to stay in The Hague."
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: " Am I then someone without manners in another sense, namely rude or tactless? I refuse to believe, Theo, that I'm such a monster of rudeness or incivility as to deserve to be cut off from society or, in the words of Tersteeg at any rate, 'be unable to remain in The Hague.'" (Emphasis in original.)

269 405. after his banishment expired BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "In reply to this, a note from Mauve saying he'd have nothing to do with me for two months."

406. "One day he is ill" BVG 188, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 218, 4/19/1882 or 4/19/1882: "… sometimes he's ill, at other times he needs to rest or is too busy." 407. He had written Mauve BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "When the two months were more or less up, I wrote to him to congratulate him on his large painting that was finished, and spoke to him once very briefly in the street." 408. They spoke only once BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882. Vincent does not date this encounter except that it was around the time the "two months were more or less up," which would put it probably in April (JLB 219, 4/21/1882).

Context:
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "When the two months were more or less up, I wrote to him to congratulate him on his large painting that was finished, and spoke to him once very briefly in the street."

409. bitter this time

Vincent characterizes this letter as conciliatory, not "bitter." But he is being either disingenuous or delusional. (See Ch. 16, n. 410.)

410. "and it is too difficult" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882. In the next letter, Vincent summarizes what he wrote to Mauve very differently: "Do you realize that those two months are long past, let's shake hands and go our separate ways rather than quarrel" (JLB 220, 4/23/1882). But this is very different from the thrust of his first summary of the letter's contents. It is important to remember that Vincent writes this letter in the teeth of Mauve's clear signals that he has no interest in further communicating with Vincent. Partly for that reason, the letter is a tug of war between Vincent's desire to reconnect and his urge to self-justify. Vincent wants to "shake hands" but he doesn't want to concede anything -- indeed, even now, he cannot resist the temptation to score rhetorical points. By Vincent's own telling, Mauve never insisted on "strict obedience" to all he said; this is a straw man Vincent has created. For Mauve to agree to a reconciliation on the terms Vincent presents, he would basically have to admit that his demands had been unreasonable -- thus handing Vincent a victory. The most unfortunate aspect of this sad, short relationship (and others to come) is that Vincent apparently doesn't realize what he is doing. He seems to think he is being genuinely conciliatory and generous. Needless to say, Mauve does not respond to this "overture."

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "And since then things have happened with Tersteeg which made me write Mauve: 'Let us shake hands and not feel animosity or bitterness toward each other, but it is too difficult for you to guide me and it is too difficult for me to be guided by you if you require "strict obedience" to all you say -- I cannot give that. So that's the end of the guiding and being guided.'"
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "And things have happened since with H.G.T which have prompted me to say to M., let's shake hands and not bear a grudge or any bitterness towards one another, but it's too difficult for you to guide me and too difficult for me to be guided by you if you demand 'strict obedience' in everything you say and I'm unable to comply. So there's an end to guiding and being guided. "

411. "choked" BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "Let us shake hands, and then each go his own way, rather than have a quarrel between you and me, 'I repeat, since I wrote this and received no sign in reply, my grief chokes me.'"
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: "'... let's shake hands and go our separate ways rather than quarrel', I say, since I wrote such a thing and received no sign of life in return, it's as though something has been choking me."

412. shock of Mauve's "desertion" BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882.

Context:
BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: "I am filled with zest and ambition for my job and my work, and the reason why I have put aside paintings and watercolours for a time is that Mauve's desertion gave me a great shock, and if he sincerely retracted I should start again with renewed courage."
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "I'm full of enthusiasm and ambition for my profession and work, if I left off painting and making watercolours for a while, it's because I was so shaken by Mauve's forsaking me, and if he really were to reconsider, I'd begin again with courage."

413. "I cannot look at a brush" BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882.

Context:
BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: "At the moment I cannot look at a brush, it makes me nervous."
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "As it is, I can't even look at a brush, it makes me nervous."

414. He demanded that Mauve BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882. In his recounting of this "regrettable conversation" to Theo, Vincent leaves the impression that Mauve's attacks were unprovoked (JLB 224, 5/7/1882). Such a scenario contradicts the personalities of both actors and is extremely unlikely. The only hint Vincent gives, probably unintentionally, of his role in the argument is this: "I turned around and went back alone, but with great sorrow in my heart because Mauve dared to say that to me. I won't ask him to explain such a thing to me, nor will I apologize." (ibid.; emphasis both in original and added.)

If Mauve's comments were unprovoked, there would have been no call for Vincent to apologize. It appears that, although Vincent has edited all the self-incriminating evidence out of his account, this fragment of his own thought process, including his feelings of guilt at having provoked the fight, inadvertently found its way into the letter. We have inferred from the fragments of conversation Vincent does provide that the provocation must be disguised in this line: "I asked him to come and see my work and talk things over afterwards" (ibid.). Given Vincent's recent efforts to "talk things over" and Mauve's repeated refusal to do so, this was a provocative request, whether or not Vincent actually phrased it in these polite terms (ibid.). Under these fraught circumstances, Mauve's refusal, even of a polite request, would no doubt have opened the floodgates of Vincent's anger and hurt. Nor do we credit Vincent's claim that he kept calm and contained during this exchange, a claim implied in this colorful reference to Native Americans: "I took it coolly enough in a spirit of bravado like the Indians who say 'it doesn't hurt at all' when they're tortured" (JLB 228, 5/16/1882). We should underscore that the order of the exchange in the text is conjectural, except for the line, "You have a vicious character," which Vincent says was the last thing said before he "turned away and went home alone" (JLB 224, 5/7/1882).

Context:
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "I asked him to come and see my work and talk things over afterwards."

415. "talk things over" BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882.

Context:
BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: "I invited him to come and see my work, and then to talk things over."
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "I asked him to come and see my work and talk things over afterwards." 416. "I will certainly not come" BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882.

Context:
BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: "Mauve flatly refused: "I will certainly not be coming to see you, that's all over."
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "Mauve refused outright, 'I certainly won't come to see you, it's over and done with.'"

417. When Vincent reminded him BVG 193, 5/14/1882: Vincent does not admit that he brought up the subject of his uncle's visit, but it is impossible to imagine that Mauve initiated the subject. It would have been an obvious argument for Vincent to raise in support of his defensive claim, "I'm an artist" (JLB 224, 5/7/1882).

Context:
JLB 228, 5/16/1882: "Mauve said to me: that uncle of yours only did that because he'd paid you a visit, but you should realize that it doesn't mean anything and that immediately afterwards it will all be over, and then you won't have anyone left."

418. "That doesn't mean anything" BVG 193, 5/14/1882.

Context:
BVG 193, 5/14/1882: "Mauve said to me, That uncle of yours [CM] has only given this order because he was at your studio once; but you must understand that it doesn't mean anything and will be the first and last, and then nobody will take an interest in you."
JLB 5/16/1882: "Mauve said to me: that uncle of yours only did that because he'd paid you a visit, but you should realize that it doesn't mean anything and that immediately afterwards it will all be over, and then you won't have anyone left."

419. "I am an artist" BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: This is another possible launch point for the argument that erupted. The fact that Vincent writes "which I won't take back" suggests that the claim was ultimately iterated in a way that a reasonable person might have considered provocative (JLB 224, 5/7/1882). Indeed, Vincent takes the trouble to provide a full justification of his claim, "I'm an artist" (ibid.). Interestingly, it is an argument from semantics, not from his work or his work-effort: "Those words naturally imply always seeking without ever fully finding. It's the exact opposite of saying, 'I know it already, I've already found it.' To the best of my knowledge, those words mean 'I seek, I pursue, my heart is in it.'" (ibid.) With this elaborate pre-emptive rebuttal, Vincent may be expecting that Theo will hear another version of this encounter, and anticipating a request for him to "take it back" (ibid.).

Context:
BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: "Mauve takes offense at my having said, 'I'm an artist ' – which I won't take back ..."
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "Mauve blames me for saying, I'm an artist -- which I won't take back ..."

420. accusation of amateurism BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882. That is the implication of Vincent's report: "Mauve blames me for saying, I'm an artist -- which I won't take back" (JLB 224, 5/7/1882).

Context:
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "Mauve blames me for saying, I'm an artist -- which I won't take back."

421. "You have a vicious character" BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882.

Context:
BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: "In the end he said, 'You have a vicious character.'"
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "In the end he said, 'you have a vicious character.' "

422. to being tortured BVG 193, 5/14/1882: In a colorful expression, Vincent reports his reaction to Mauve's harsh rejection.

Context:
JLB 228, 5/16/1882: "I took seriously what Mauve said, 'it's all over,' not when he said it to me (for then I took it coolly enough in a spirit of bravado like the Indians who say 'it doesn't hurt at all' when they're tortured)."

423. plotting against him BVG 181, 3/11/1882: Vincent puts this line in quotations; we have adjusted the pronoun for felicity.

Context:
JLB 211, 3/11/1882: "[Uncle Cor] appeared to have spoken to Tersteeg before he came to see me, at any rate began talking about things like 'earning your bread.'"

424. infect distant family members BVG 201, 6/2/1882-6/3/1882: Vincent makes this accusation twice, once indirectly and once directly. Both times, he refers to back-channel communications with distant family members, especially Uncle Cent. The first time, he does not mention Tersteeg's name, but there is no one else to whom his condemnation so obviously applies. The second mention focuses the exact same indictment, mentions Tersteeg specifically, and adds Dorus to the list of possible infectees: "Perhaps he'll realize that he isn't obliged to interfere, and quietly stay out of it. He doesn't care about me -- I'm really a matter of complete indifference to him -- he does it because he thinks he will please or be of service to Uncle Cent or Pa." (JLB 247, 7/18/1882; emphasis added.)

Context:
JLB 234, 6/1/1882-6/2/1882: "But what often happens in our family? There's some piece of gossip; people inflate it, take it to an extreme, arrive at a judgement or decision about someone, sometimes entirely without having informed the person in question or speaking to him, relying solely on impressions, hearsay, snippets of information (the devil take them, especially the last). Our dear Uncle Cent has a way of gathering 'snippets of information' that I find far from loyal." (Emphasis in original.)

425. especially Uncle Cent BVG 216, 7/19/1882. Vincent says this in July about Tersteeg's perceived "meddling" in his relationship with the prostitute, Sien Hoornik, discussed in the next chapter (JLB 247, 7/18/1882). Vincent adds parenthetically: "and Prinsenhage has nothing, absolutely nothing to do with it" (ibid.).

Context:
JLB 247, 7/18/1882: "I believe he's capable of causing all sorts of misery with his untimely meddling at home and by sowing unrest in Princenhage (and Princenhage has nothing, absolutely nothing to do with it), and upsetting everyone. Can't this be stopped??? " (Emphasis in original.)

426. "changed suddenly" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "Near the end of January, I think a fortnight after my arrival here, Mauve's attitude toward me changed suddenly -- became as unfriendly as it had been friendly before."
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "At the end of January -- about a fortnight after my arrival here, I think -- Mauve's attitude towards me suddenly changed very much -- as unfriendly as he had been friendly."

427. poisoning his mentor's ear BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882.

Context:
JLB 221, 4/21/1882: "Because Tersteeg whispered something venomous in Mauve's ear: Watch out -- he can't be trusted with money ..."

428. "Be careful" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882. After putting these words in the mouth of the serpent Tersteeg, Vincent adds disingenuously, "or at any rate something in this vein" (JLB 221, 4/26/1882). Vincent's visions of the conspiracy against him become increasingly vivid and elaborate and are often directed at past offenses, especially Mauve's betrayal, which he returns to again and again with new "evidence" of conspiracy. Speaking of one of his last meetings with Mauve, probably in February, he writes: "On that occasion he said a couple of things which otherwise only H.G.T used to say about me. And I asked him: Mauve, have you seen Tersteeg recently? No, said Mauve. And we went on talking, but around 10 minutes later he let slip that Tersteeg had in fact been to see him that very day." (JLB 250, 7/23/1882.)

Context:
BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: "Because Tersteeg poisoned Mauve's ear by saying, 'Be careful, you can't trust him with money. Let him go, don't help him any longer; as a dealer I see no good coming of it' -- or at least something like this."
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "Because Tersteeg whispered something venomous in Mauve's ear: Watch out -- he can't be trusted with money -- drop him -- don't help him any more -- as an art dealer I don't see any point in it -- or at any rate something in this vein."

429. "poisonous wind" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882.

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "I thought, My dear friend, it seems as if they have poisoned your ear with slander; but I was in the dark as to the side from which the poisonous wind had blown."
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "I thought, my dear friend, it's just as if someone has poured poison in your ear -- slander, in fact -- but I was in the dark as to where the venomous wind was coming from."

430. intended to drive him out BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: How much of this is Tersteeg threatening and how much is Vincent's paranoia talking is unclear. It is possible to imagine Tersteeg saying something to the effect that Vincent could not make enough money from his art to be able to afford to stay in an expensive city like The Hague -- a dose of hard reality that Vincent might very well have taken as a threat. On the other hand, Tersteeg was apparently capable of losing his temper and saying extremely hurtful things.

Context:
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: "It's no wonder that it depressed me, because Tersteeg already told me 'that I wouldn't be able to remain in The Hague' " (emphasis in original).

431. slander and betrayal BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: Vincent apparently made this accusation directly to Tersteeg's face.

Context:
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "When I said: Tersteeg, you must tone down your talk a bit; he said nothing. I was just imagining it, he said."

432. "an enemy who begrudges" JLB 221, 4/26/1882. This comes as part of a statement that is either delusional or intended merely to placate Theo: "If Tersteeg takes back the most awful things he said, I'm willing to assume that he said them in a moment of thoughtlessness, and then it's forgive and forget. If he stands by them, I'll consider him an enemy who can't stand the sight of me, rather than a friend." (JLB 221, 4/26/1882.) A few months later, Vincent appears to have given up on such delusions, at least temporarily -- "Connections with people like Tersteeg, who persist in their prejudices, are absolutely sterile and useless" -- and affects indifference: "The only thing they can do is exclude me from some circles where they consider me an outcast. Which is nothing new and doesn't bother me one way or the other." (JLB 250, 7/23/1882.)

Context:
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "If he stands by them, I'll consider him an enemy who can't stand the sight of me, rather than a friend."

433. "[Tersteeg] told me" BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: Whether Tersteeg actually told Vincent this, or Vincent's paranoid imagination just conjured up such a threat, is not clear. A letter from Dorus in June can be read either way. Summarizing a conversation he has just had with Tersteeg about Vincent's problems, Dorus writes: "Tersteeg had pointed out to him [Vincent] that it was not appropriate that at his age he was being supported by his brother. Vincent had concluded from this that Tersteeg and Mauve had urged you not to send your contribution any longer." (b2240 V/1982, ''Gogh, Theodorus van'' to ''Gogh, Theo van'', 6/14/1882.)

Context:
BVG 189, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: "I learned it from Tersteeg himself when he told me he would see to it that you stopped sending me money, "Mauve and I will see to it that there is an end to this."
JLB 219, 4/21/1882: "I gleaned it from H.G.T. himself, when he told me that he would see to it that the money you sent me was cut: 'Mauve and I will make sure that a stop is put to it.'"

270 434. his parents' (astonishing) offer BVG 166, 12/29/1881.

Context:
JLB 194, 12/29/1881: "Pa told me that if I needed money he would lend it to me if necessary, but now that's impossible, I must remain completely independent of Pa."

435. "I hate to have" BVG 163, 12/18/1881. Curiously, only three days after complaining about having to account to his father for "every penny," Vincent admits that his father is not, in fact, such a difficult financial overseer: "Pa doesn't ask me to account for literally every penny" (JLB 193, 12/23/1881). The problem is instead, Vincent avers, that his father shares his financial condition with others -- presumably uncles Cent and Cor, and gérant Tersteeg. "Everything is blabbed to everyone else, not without embellishments and exaggerations" (JLB 192, 12/18/1881). Clearly, the problem is not Dorus's special intrusiveness, it is Vincent's special sensitivity: "[Father] always knows exactly how much I spend and what I spend it on. And now, although I don't necessarily have any secrets, I don't really like people being able to look at my cards. Even my secrets aren't necessarily secrets to those for whom I feel sympathy." (JLB 193, 12/23/1881.) Vincent protests (and may think) that this sensitivity is unique to the relationship with his father. But after the purse strings pass to Theo, the same dynamic poisons his relationship with his brother. En bas, it was the lack of control that embittered Vincent.

Context:
BVG 163, 12/18/1881: "But I hate to have to account to Father for every cent I spend, the more so because it is told to everybody, not without enlargements and exaggerations."
JLB 192, 12/18/1881: "But I damned well hate having to give Pa an account of every penny, the more so because everything is blabbed to everyone else, not without embellishments and exaggerations."

436. he had refused to send BVG 163, 12/18/1881: On December 18, Vincent wrote to Theo from The Hague. The fact that Vincent returned to Etten only two or three days after this letter was written clearly indicates that Theo failed to send the money Vincent requested for him to remain in The Hague (as did his father).

Context:
JLB 192, 12/18/1881: "And I'm writing to you to tell you this. I haven't any money to stay, I haven't any money to go back. I'll wait a day or so in any case and do whatever you want. Do you think it's better that I stay here a while? ... If you want me to go back immediately, that's also fine with me. ... So now I'll wait here a couple of days, awaiting your answer. But if your answer doesn't come within 3 or 4 days, I'll ask Pa for the money to go back immediately. ... So write to me in any case by return of post, and if you want me to stay, send me some money if possible."

437. all one hundred guilders BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882.

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "Mauve lent me some money, 100 guilders, to rent it, furnish it."

438. lent him on furniture BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882. Vincent tries to pre-empt this criticism with an appeal to Theo's Dutch pragmatism: "In the long run it's much less expensive having one's own things than always spending money on yet another semi-furnished room" (JLB 196, 1/3/1882). This seems disingenuous. If he truly believed in the financial prudence of this course, he would have waited to spend the money until after he had secured Theo's agreement. Vincent's defensiveness is further evidenced by the additional flimsy justification he offers for his heavy expenditures on the apartment: "It happens to everyone at some point in life that he has to set himself up in his own house" (ibid.).

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "Mauve lent me some money, 100 guilders, to rent it, furnish it and get the window and light fixed up."

439. "ornaments"

BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882. Vincent is referring specifically to a bundle of prints that he bought when he first arrived. We think there is a possibility that he also bought plaster casts to give his apartment more of the look of an artist's studio. (See Ch. 16, n. 147.)

Context:
BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: "And what's more, I have obtained yet another ornament for my studio."
JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/188: "And I've also acquired another ornament for my studio ..."

440. "I am in for it now" BVG 166, 12/29/1881.

Context:
JLB 194, 12/29/1881: "I'm here now, and the fact is there's no turning back."

441. "Theo, what's the matter" BVG 168, 1/5/1882-1/6/1882. (Emphasis added.)

Context:
BVG 168, 1/5/1882-1/6/1882: " Theo, what's the matter with you? ... But up to now I have not received anything, not even a letter from you ... If for some reason or other you cannot send the 100 fr. at once, send me at least part of it by return mail."
JLB 198, 1/5/1882 or 1/6/1882: "Tell me, Theo, how do I stand with you? But I haven't received anything yet, not even a letter from you. … If for one reason or another you can't send the 100 francs all at once, send me part of it by return of post."

442. Theo's delay in sending BVG 174, 2/13/1882: Vincent's letters grow increasingly frantic when the 100 francs he is expecting from Theo at the beginning of February does not arrive. At some point, Theo wrote to explain that he had not been able to "have any money before the inventory was finished," but Vincent was unappeased (JLB 204, 2/13/1882). He replies on February 13, "But if you don't have it, be so good as to write to Mr. Tersteeg about it immediately, because I have only three guilders or so left and it's already nearly the middle of February" -- essentially a request for Theo to arrange credit with Tersteeg (ibid.). In the event, Vincent goes to Tersteeg anyway and secures a loan against Theo's late payment, a move that no doubt further alienated the gérant, who was far fonder of Theo than of his troubled and troublesome brother. It is important to note that, although he proposes this credit arrangement, Vincent pointedly does not let Theo off the hook for immediate payment: "So at all events I'm expecting a letter from you any day now" (ibid.).

Context:
JLB 204, 2/13/1882: "I look forward every day to a letter from you, because I hope you'll send me something one of these days."

443. dependence that he loathed BVG 164, 12/21/1881: Vincent is referring at this point to his financial dependence on his father. "He always knows exactly how much I spend and what I spend it on. And now, although I don't necessarily have any secrets, I don't really like people being able to look at my cards." (JLB 193, 12/23/1881.) But the feeling did not change when his financial dependence moved to his brother.

Context:
JLB 193, 12/23/1881: "I find it absolutely terrible not to be free at all."

444. careered back and forth BVG 163, 12/18/1881.

Context:
JLB 192, 12/18/1881: "So write to me in any case by return of post, and if you want me to stay, send me some money if possible."

445. between petulant demands Vincent expresses both the demand and the gratitude in this one short sentence: "Now I thank you very much indeed for what you sent. I don't need to tell you that I really have a great many worries besides." (JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882.) In short: "Thanks, but it's not enough. Please send more." 446. grudging gratitude BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: Explicit expressions of thanks are stunningly rare in a period in which Vincent wrote copiously to his brother. Here are the only two examples we can find from this period: "Now I thank you very much indeed for what you sent" (JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882); and "Thanks again for everything" (JLB 255, 8/10/1882-8/11/1882).

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882: "Now I thank you very much indeed for what you sent."

447. pledges to dress better BVG 166, 12/29/1881. This line of argument reaches its ad absurdem extreme when Vincent writes indicating that he needs more money in order to have decent underwear: "You know that my clothes are mostly altered things of yours, and a couple of poor-quality fabric which were bought ready-made. So they look shabby, and especially all that messing about with paint makes it much more difficult even to keep them wearable. With boots it's exactly the same. My underclothes are also starting to wear out, some of them are still all right, but some are in tatters and don't fit me. You know of course that for a long time I've been short of money, and then lots of things fall apart." (JLB 202, 1/22/1882.) This, of course, comes soon after he has spent considerable sums on furnishing and decorating his studio.

Context:
JLB 194, 12/29/1881: "I also have to try and dress better."

448. to socialize more BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882: Vincent hedges this promise.

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "Now I know more or less the direction I must take, and can stand up for it openly, so I won't avoid contact with people -- also not follow them too much."

449. just around the corner BVG 171, 1/21/1882: Vincent's early assurances of imminent sales are a testament to determined optimism, dashed hopes, and delusion. Soon after arriving in The Hague, he tells Theo: "It needn't even take very long before my work is saleable. ... If we press on with vigour and energy, it won't be long before you no longer have to send me anything." (JLB 201, 1/21/1882.) In the next letter, he repeats this upbeat assessment with a small but crucial revision: "If I only go on working hard, it won't be long before I'll be earning something with my work" (JLB 202, 1/22/1882). He now is allowing for the possibility that Theo will need to continue providing at least supplementary support for some time to come. A few days later, he says his watercolors "aren't exactly saleable," still suggesting imminence (JLB 203, 1/26/1882).

When he reassures Theo yet again two weeks later, however, an edge of uncertainty has crept into even the looser formulation: "Perhaps the time will soon come when my work will put some money in my pocket" (JLB 204, 2/13/1882). In the same letter, he implicitly recognizes that the images he is making are not what the market wants. "If you can find out about it, you must tell me what kind of drawings one might be able to sell to the illustrated magazines," he asks Theo. "It seems to me they could use pen drawings of types of the people, and I'd like so much to start working on them, in order to make something suitable for reproduction" (ibid.).

A week later, he introduces, for the first time, a specific time frame, although he places the goal of salability further away than his original assurances would have indicated: "I dare to say that I'll make something saleable within the year" (JLB 205, 2/18/1882). By the next month (March), the goal has receded a little further, although Vincent cannot bring himself to withdraw the possibility of quicker success: "I have to draw for about a year more, or at least several months yet, until my hand is steady and sure, and my eye, and then I see no reason at all why I shouldn't become very productive commercially" (JLB 213, 3/24/1882). By May, the time frame has fallen away entirely and Vincent's assurances of ultimate success have become more hedged and general: "When I've done my best to succeed (naturally such a thing is now the case more than ever), and precisely by being able to count on your help and cooperation for a while longer, I'll succeed to the extent that I'll earn what's necessary by selling my work" (JLB 225, 5/10/1882).

Context:
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "But what I win by it is that I feel I'm progressing, and I'll master the art of watercolour, and it needn't even take very long before my work is saleable."

450. promises of hard work BVG 166, 12/29/1881. A month later, he assures Theo that he has made good on this promise: "Believe me, I work, I struggle, I swot the whole day" (JLB 201, 1/21/1882).

Context:
JLB 194, 12/29/1881: "Of course I'll work and do my utmost to earn a little."

451. calculating down to the day BVG 220, 7/26/1882. "I would entirely understand and would find it quite natural if, instead of sending the money on 1 August, you were to give it to me yourself when you arrive on, say, 7 August. As soon as I received your last letter, however, I made some purchases of paper and paint and brushes, and by 1 August I'll certainly need some more things. So I want to ask you to be so kind as to send something all the same just before 1 August, if possible, even though you'll be coming soon afterwards, because I've worked it out exactly, exactly, and after the first few days of August I'll certainly be absolutely broke. I hope this won't inconvenience you: of course, more is not the intention; it's the time that matters, namely 1 August, if possible, and otherwise only a few days later." (Emphasis in original.) 452. "absolutely penniless" BVG 220, 7/26/1882.

Context:
BVG 220, 7/26/1882: "For I figured it out exactly, and I shall be absolutely penniless after the first few days of August."
JLB 251, 7/26/1882: "… because I've worked it out exactly, exactly, and after the first few days of August I'll certainly be absolutely broke" (emphasis in original).

453. Camille-like tales The best example is JLB 202, 1/22/1882. In addition to vividly describing his emotional and physical afflictions, Vincent catalogues his temporal woes with case-building thoroughness. In the same letter, Vincent complains that his penury is embarrassing him in front of Mauve and his models. He paints a bleak picture, indeed.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "I've got terrible worries. Then, too, I have relatively few drawing materials, or otherwise inadequate ones. Well, I have my box and easel and brushes, enough in fact for the time being, but this week, for instance, my drawing board warped, becoming as curved as a barrel, because it was too thin, and my easel was also damaged during shipment here, which is bothersome enough."

454. fainting spells BVG 172, 1/22/1882. Vincent complains of feeling "weak with nervous exhaustion," but he makes clear that the source of the feeling is not his work but his financial situation: "I believe it was actually caused by my having arranged with Mauve to do things with the model and outdoors, and then I suddenly thought ... perhaps I can't do it because I won't have a penny in two days' time." (JLB 202, 1/22/1882.) The connection is made even clearer by a previous passage from earlier the same month: "But I haven't received anything yet, not even a letter from you. ... I'm fine, but the last couple of days I've been weak from the tension." (JLB 198, 1/5/1882 or 1/6/1882.) The physiological causes of Vincent's fainting spells will be discussed in a later chapter.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "This morning I felt so miserable that I took to my bed, I had a headache and was feverish from nervous exhaustion …"

455. "scarcity of funds" BVG 172, 1/22/1882. When Theo's money is late in arriving, Vincent writes vividly of his anxious waiting: "But it happens often enough that I'm at my wits' end. This morning I felt so miserable that I took to my bed, I had a headache and was feverish from nervous exhaustion, because I dread this week so much and don't know how I'll manage. And then I got up again and went to bed again." (JLB 202, 1/22/1882.)

Context:
BVG 172, 1/22/1882: "If only I continue working hard, it will not be long before I earn something with my work; but meanwhile I am greatly harassed by scarcity of funds."
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "If I only go on working hard, it won't be long before I'll be earning something with my work, but until then I've got terrible worries."

456. complained of being harassed BVG 172, 1/22/1882: Some might object that our characterization of these pleas is unsympathetic. We are not suggesting necessarily that the afflictions of mind and body that Vincent complains of were either invented or insignificant; only that he used them to bolster his case for continued support from his brother. We would note, however, that during the same period he complains to Theo of being "feverish from nervous exhaustion" and reports feeling "so miserable that I took to my bed" on account of "terrible worries," Vincent continues to have a model come to his studio every day -- both spending money and exerting himself in the usual way (JLB 202, 1/22/1882).

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "If I only go on working hard, it won't be long before I'll be earning something with my work, but until then I've got terrible worries."

457. feverish with worry

BVG 172, 1/22/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 456.)

Context:
BVG 172, 1/22/1882: "… I had a headache and was feverish from worry because I dread this week so much, and do not know how to get through it."
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "… I had a headache and was feverish from nervous exhaustion, because I dread this week so much and don't know how I'll manage."

458. protested that every franc BVG 171, 1/21/1882.

Context:
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "So answer me soon and, if you will, do either one or the other: send me something to keep me going or write about it to Mr. Tersteeg."

459. "the success or failure" BVG 173, 1/26/1882.

Context:
BVG 173, 1/26/1882: "I think the success or failing of a drawing also depends greatly on the mood and condition of the painter."
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: " The success or failure of a drawing also has a lot to do with one's mood and condition, I believe."

271 460. the embarrassment BVG 172, 1/22/1882: Specifically, embarrassment in front of Mauve. Vincent also complains of embarrassment in front of his models caused by the uncertainty of his funding: "And it hinders me so much in my work if I have too many other things on my mind that I don't want to think about, and am in a stew while sitting in front of the model about how I'm going to pay and whether I'll continue the next day or won't be able to" (JLB 202, 1/22/1882). It is difficult to imagine that this was a persuasive argument to Theo, who thought Vincent overindulged in models.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "I believe it was actually caused by my having arranged with Mauve to do things with the model and outdoors, and then I suddenly thought ... perhaps I can't do it because I won't have a penny in two days' time and then M. will think that I haven't done it through cowardice."

461. the discouragement BVG 171, 1/21/1882.

Context:
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "I'd also become very discouraged if I couldn't go on working just as hard or even harder."

462. the sickness BVG 172, 1/22/1882: Vincent may mean to suggest that the scarcity of funds only added to the woes of sickness, or the ambiguity of causation may be intentional.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "This morning I felt so miserable that I took to my bed, I had a headache and was feverish from nervous exhaustion, because I dread this week so much and don't know how I'll manage. And then I got up again and went to bed again and now it's subsided, but I wanted to tell you that I didn't exaggerate in yesterday's letter. ... but until then I've got terrible worries."

463. the depression BVG 172, 1/22/1882. Vincent attributes all of these dire consequences to the fact that "perhaps I can't do it because I won't have a penny in two days' time" (JLB 202, 1/22/1882).

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "And then it sometimes happens that one can't help being terribly depressed at times, even if only briefly, just when one is in good spirits, as I actually have been these days and still am even. And that's how it was this morning, it was one of those unfortunate hours when one is powerless and weak with nervous exhaustion."

464. "Don't forget" BVG 176, 2/18/1882.

Context:
BVG 176, 2/18/1882: "I work as much as I can, but don't forget that I shall break down if I have too many cares and anxieties."
JLB 205, 2/18/1882: "I work as hard as I can, but don't forget that I'll go under if I have too much worry and strain."

465. red shirt of the Borinage BVG 171, 1/21/1882: That Vincent intends to invoke the Borinage is unmistakable. "It's awful that you have to pay for it all, but we aren't as alone as we were last winter, for example" (JLB 201, 1/21/1882). This is a clear reference to late 1880 and early 1881 when Vincent emerged from his years in the black country.

Context:
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "It's awful that you have to pay for it all, but we aren't as alone as we were last winter, for example."

466. "All the worry" BVG 171, 1/21/1882.

Context:
BVG 171, 1/21/1882: " All the worry and troubling over my drawings is hard enough, and if I had too many other cares and could not pay the models, I should lose my head."
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: " I have trouble enough struggling and wrestling with my drawings, and if this were compounded by dreadful worries and I couldn't keep the models, then I wouldn't know what to do."

467. with a defiant disregard Hulsker, Vincent and Theo, p. 115: Always quick to airbrush Vincent's unattractive behavior, Hulsker concedes the basic point but immediately cancels it out with the same all-purpose justification Vincent used: "[Vincent] sometimes allowed himself expenses that were not absolutely necessary, although of great importance for his work." 468. always been a spendthrift BVG 163, 12/18/1881.

Context:
JLB 192, 12/18/1881: "And needed a pair of shoes, and besides, I didn't always pay attention to every penny ..."

469. never budgeting BVG 171, 1/21/1882. A classic Vincent line: "little expenses crop up every day" (JLB 201, 1/21/1882).

Context:
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "And now that I'm here, all kinds of little expenses crop up every day, and they don't make life any easier."

470. never saving BVG 258, 1/5/1883-1/6/1883: The best-documented example of this comes from the beginning of the following year, 1883. On January 2, Vincent wrote, "I have nothing left" (JLB 297, 12/31/1882-1/2/1883). The next day he received 50 francs from Theo (the first of three monthly installments).

Context:
JLB 299, 1/5/1883 or 1/6/1883: "Because I had to pay for some things at New Year I've now actually run out of money already, at least I have very little left."

471. "I see again" BVG 286, 5/21/1883.

Context:
BVG 286, 5/21/1883: "And I see again in Rappard how practical it is to use good stuff, to work often with the model, etc."
JLB 344, 5/21/1883: "And in Rappard I see again how one benefits from using good stuff, taking lots of models, &c."

472. the hundred francs Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 14: "Fifty guilders [100 francs] should have been enough for Vincent to get by." 473. about twenty francs a week Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 14: The authors give this figure in guilders: "A workman earned about ten guilders a week in those days." They add that, in families, "women and children often had to provide for some extra money to make ends meet." However, that does not change their view that "Fifty guilders [100 francs] should have been enough for Vincent to get by." 474. (expensive) paper from Theo BVG 184, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882. Vincent had begun requesting the paper in February: "I'd very much like to have some of that Ingres paper sometime" (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882). In March, expecting a visit soon from Theo, Vincent reminded him, "If you come, would you be sure and think of the Ingres paper?" (JLB 210, 3/11/1882). Although he apparently did not visit, Theo did send the paper in April. Only a month later, Vincent requested still more paper, "if possible of the colour of unbleached linen. I have no more of it in that thickness, I believe one calls it double Ingres." (JLB 224, 5/7/1882; emphasis in original.) He asked for this again in July, enclosing a sample in his letter (JLB 243, 7/4/1882). He reminded Theo again of this "order" only two weeks later (JLB 249, 7/21/1882). A few days later, apparently exasperated, he went out in search of the paper at stores in The Hague, although reminding Theo: "Before you come, oh do your best to find some once more" (JLB 251, 7/26/1882). A few days after that, he finally found something very close to the "double Ingres" which Theo had still not sent: "an even coarser grain than yours. I'm sending you a sample to show you. There's a whole batch -- already old and mature, excellent." (JLB 253, 8/5/1882.) But he kept his order alive by sending Theo a sample of his new find.

Context:
JLB 214, 4/2/1882: "Accept my thanks for a wonderful box of Ingres paper and for the studies."

475. missed rent payments BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882. Vincent missed paying the rent that month because he writes in April: "I could wait no longer to ... pay the rent" (JLB 214, 4/2/1882).

Context:
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "Now that I've given Tersteeg his money back I'm afraid that when the landlord comes round at the end of March I won't have much for him. That's why I'd like you to send whatever you can towards the end of March, if you could."

476. last pennies on books BVG R22, 1/15/1883.

Context:
JLB 302, 1/18/1883: "But it's so odd that they're already my property and yet I still haven't seen them. They're stored with another large batch of books in a saleroom, but the Jew will get them out this week."

477. "special" BVG R30, 3/5/1883. These may be the "inadequate" drawing materials that Vincent refers to a year earlier (JLB 202, 1/22/1882).

Context:
BVG R30, 3/5/1883: "Last year I bought at least six special penholders and all kinds of nibs – and the whole lot was rubbish."
JLB 325, 3/5/1883: "Last year I bought at least 6 expensive, special penholders and various pens -- it was all rubbish."

478. a new easel BVG 172, 1/22/1882.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "Well, I have my box and easel and brushes, enough in fact for the time being, but this week, for instance, my drawing board warped, becoming as curved as a barrel, because it was too thin, and my easel was also damaged during shipment here, which is bothersome enough."

479. improvements BVG 188, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882: Unbeknownst to Theo at the time, these alterations were clearly designed to accommodate Vincent's live-in prostitute-model, Sien, and her young daughter. In fact, these alterations probably represented Vincent's attempt at cost-cutting. He was paying Sien's rent as well as his own at the time -- as he later admits (JLB 192, 12/18/1881).

Context:
JLB 218, 4/19/1882 or 4/19/1882: "Though I haven't moved, I've nevertheless made a change in my house by having a bedroom partitioned off in the attic, so I now have more room in my studio, the more so because the stove is gone."

480. more than a thousand BVG 204, 6/1/1882-6/2/1882. Vincent tried to cover this astonishing level of expenditure on prints by characterizing his collection as belonging to Theo: "I must also tell you that all goes well with my collection of woodcuts, which I think of as belonging to you although I have the use of them. I now have at least a thousand prints, English (mainly SWAIN'S), American, French." The reference is to Joseph Swain, a wood engraver who transferred the drawings of many of Vincent's favorite illustrators into wood engravings for publication. 481. paid to sweep his studio BVG 180, 3/11/1882: Because Vincent describes her as a "girl," we assume he is not referring to Sien.

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "I received the 10 guilders from Tersteeg, but that same day I had to pay 6 guilders of it to the model, to the baker, to the girl who sweeps the studio."

482. "It seems to me" JLB 236, 6/6/1882. Vincent attributes this saying to Charles ("Father") Degroux and he quotes it in the original French: "Cependant il me semble qu'il s'agit bien moins de gagner que de mériter" (JLB 236, 6/6/1882). It is interesting that he quotes this to Van Rappard, and not directly to Theo, although he says something very similar to Theo, indirectly, in recounting an angry exchange with Tersteeg: "Sometimes I cannot bear Tersteeg's saying to me over and over again, 'You must begin to think about earning your own living.' I think it is such a dreadful expression, and then it is all I can do to keep calm. I work as hard as I can and do not spare myself, so I deserve my bread, and they ought not to reproach me with not having been able to sell anything up to now." (JLB 209, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882; emphasis added.)

Context:
JLB 236, 6/6/1882: "It seems to me much less a matter of earning than of deserving" (emphasis in original).

483. help defray expenses BVG 433, 11/10/1885-11/20/1885.

Context:
JLB 541, 11/14/1885: "And as to that, in order to clear the whole thing up in my case -- if I did 'something on the side,' then the only thing would be that, if I knew either dealers or painters, I would possibly do something with paintings, for instance by going to England for them &c."

484. passed his mounting debts BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: After borrowing 50 francs from Tersteeg soon after his arrival, Vincent not so subtly invites Theo to pay off the debt.

Context:
JLB 197, 1/5/1882: "Perhaps it would be good if I, with your knowledge, or you, with my knowledge, were to settle a few things with Mr. T."

485. "I see no other way" BVG 238, 10/10/1882.

Context:
BVG 238, 10/10/1882: " I see no other way than to work from the model."
JLB 272, 10/15/1882: " I see no other way than to work with models."

486. self-justifying letters The spring of 1882 marks the most extreme episode of hypergraphia in Vincent's life so far. In the two months between early April and early June, he wrote twenty-four letters (twenty-two to Theo, JLB 214, 4/2/1882- JLB 235, 6/3/1882 non-sequentially; and two to Van Rappard, JLB 232, 5/28/1882 and JLB 236, 6/6/1882). Sometimes two long letters on the consecutive days (JLB 227, 5/15/1882 and JLB 228, 5/16/1882). Some of these letters were quite long (the transcription of one of them, JLB 228, 5/16/1882, runs to six single-spaced typed pages). The total output for this two-month period fills about sixty single-spaced typed pages. 487. "poor wretches" BVG 235, 10/1/1882.

Context:
BVG 235, 10/1/1882: "The keen interest in, and the illusions about, the lottery may seem rather childish to us, but are serious indeed when we think of their counterpart, the misery and the sort of efforts de perdus [forlorn efforts] of those poor wretches to find salvation, as they think, through a lottery ticket possibly paid for with their last pennies, money that should have gone on food."
JLB 270, 10/1/1882: "The curiosity and delusion about the lottery seem more or less childish to us, but it becomes serious when one thinks about the other side: misery and forlorn attempts by these poor souls to be saved, so they think, by buying a lottery ticket, paid for with pennies saved by going without food."

488. "paid for with their last" BVG 235, 10/1/1882.

Context:
BVG 235, 10/1/1882: "The keen interest in, and the illusions about, the lottery may seem rather childish to us, but are serious indeed when we think of their counterpart, the misery and the sort of efforts de perdus [forlorn efforts] of those poor wretches to find salvation, as they think, through a lottery ticket possibly paid for with their last pennies, money that should have gone on food."
JLB 270, 10/1/1882: "The curiosity and delusion about the lottery seem more or less childish to us, but it becomes serious when one thinks about the other side: misery and forlorn attempts by these poor souls to be saved, so they think, by buying a lottery ticket, paid for with pennies saved by going without food."

489. he undertook projects BVG R27, 2/18/1883-2/20/1883: In February 1883, Vincent began yet again to seek alterations in his studio. Only the month before, he complained about running through his allowance within the first three days of January (JLB 299, 1/5/1883 or 1/6/1883). In March, his father unexpectedly sent him 25 guilders, which he apparently spent immediately. "I have a feeling of gratitude about receiving something that enables me to do various things that I couldn't have done otherwise" (JLB 327, 3/11/1883). A month and a half later, he complained, "I have need of it [money] again" (JLB 343, 5/20/1883). A month after that (June), he "covered the big stretching frame" and bought a "Scheveningen cape" (for his model) with only "a money order for 1.23 1/2 guilders which is torn in two" (JLB 353, 6/15/1883). He admitted that he fixed the frame "so that I have a distraction and can still work in the days before receipt again" (ibid., emphasis added).

Context:
JLB 317, 2/20/1883: "I have another job on my hands, namely, that I've started a sort of battle with my landlord to obtain various privileges."

272 490. Tersteeg's threat See Ch. 16, n. 433. 491. "How is it possible" BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882. In his next letter, Vincent returns to this paroxysm of outrage at Tersteeg's perfidy: "It's inconsiderate, insensitive, those aren't manners, it's not humane. And who am I -- someone with difficult, painstaking work that demands peace and quiet and some sympathy, otherwise my work is impossible" (JLB 221, 4/26/1882). Either Vincent is being very disingenuous, or he really believes that (1) Tersteeg doesn't know about Sien, (2) Tersteeg is attacking him because of things other than Sien, or (3) Tersteeg's attack uses Sien as an excuse or pretext but it is really an attack on his art and his artistic integrity.

Context:
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: "But how on earth is it possible, and what has come over them?"

492. "to try and take" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: We have changed the pronouns because there is no doubt to whom Vincent is referring in this part of his tirade against Tersteeg. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: "When you forsake somebody in the winter and then try to take his bread away from him, is that forcing a person or not?"
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "When one forsakes someone in the winter, and even tries to rob him of his bread, is that coercion or not ...?"

493. "I have struggled" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: Theo, as always, tried to calm his brother's fears. He wrote a letter in which he apparently compared Vincent's fears to "the same feeling of dizziness which, you say, someone who hasn't studied perspective feels when he tries to follow the receding lines in nature and give an account of them," and he urged Vincent to "go on working calmly without dwelling on it or taking it to heart as much as I did" (JLB 222, 5/1/1882). Vincent tries (or pretends) to accept this explanation ("so too the change in Mauve and H.G.T. is in part only an outward seeming" [ibid.]), but it has no lasting effect on the uproar in his head. Theo also tried to placate Vincent with some positive words from Hans Heyerdahl, a Norwegian painter with whom Theo apparently enjoyed a good relationship. (In 1881, Theo had offered to arrange an apprenticeship for Vincent with Heyerdahl in Paris [JLB 164, 4/2/1881].) Vincent responded, "Heyerdahl's sympathy moved me deeply, will you give him my regards and say that I hope very much to make his acquaintance some day, and that I set great store by it" (JLB 222, 5/1/1882).

But flattery could not appease Vincent's fear that Tersteeg and Mauve would convince Theo to cut him off. After all, Theo had long supported Tersteeg's call for Vincent to curtail his pen-and-pencil figure drawings and take up landscapes and watercolor; to stop his wasteful spending and concentrate on making saleable images. The brothers' disputes on these issues can be seen in this angry comment from Vincent in February: "You said that that small watercolour is the best thing of mine you've seen -- well, that isn't true, because those studies of mine you have are much better, and the pen drawings of last summer are also better" (JLB 206, 2/25/1882). With these disputes weighing on every expenditure, Vincent continued to suspect that Tersteeg and Mauve might conspire with his like-minded brother to cut off his money and thwart his all-important pursuit of the figure. This is confirmed in a letter from Dorus in June in which he reports a conversation he has just had with Tersteeg: "Tersteeg had pointed out to [Vincent] that it was not appropriate that at his age he was being supported by his brother. Vincent had concluded from this that Tersteeg and Mauve had urged you not to send your contribution any longer. And seems to have become worried again because of that idea." (b2240 V/1982, ''Gogh, Theodorus van'' to ''Gogh, Theo van'', 6/14/1882; emphasis added.)

Context:
BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: "Though I felt terribly grieved at Mauve's neglecting me, I have struggled through this winter as best I could."
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "Even though I was terribly grieved that Mauve left me in the lurch, I've battled on this winter as best I could."

494. "Sometimes it seems" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882. "If he thinks my drawings aren't good, is that any reason for such resolute opposition, with whichever weapons?" (JLB 220, 4/23/1882). "It's inconsiderate, insensitive, those aren't manners, it's not humane" (JLB 221, 4/26/1882). We have put together passages from two letters in sequence because they are both expressions of the same outrage at what Vincent sees as Tersteeg's perfidy.

Context:
BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: "But can you wonder that it was a shock to me, and that it sometimes seems as if my heart would break?"
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "But is it any wonder that I'm shaken by it and sometimes feel as though my heart is failing?"

495. wanted one hundred and fifty BVG 195, 5/1/1882: Vincent is at his most careful and obscure in making this demand. So careful, in fact, that it never appears to be a demand at all. Because of Vincent's especially dire financial situation (he is unable to pay his rent or buy trousers [JLB 214, 4/2/1882]), and only after much pleading, Theo sends 180 francs in April (JLB 217, 4/14/1882), far more than the agreed-upon monthly stipend of 100 francs, primarily so that Vincent can repay a 50 franc loan he took from Tersteeg the previous month. In his very first letter in May, Vincent not only resists repaying the loan ("Tersteeg is none the poorer by it" [JLB 215, 4/6/1882]), he pretends to assume that this higher level of funding is the new norm, hiding the crucial proposition in a cloud of businesslike words: "I add this to my previous letter. In order for me to succeed, you'll have to help me a bit, but I believe the expense would be not more but less than what you've been sending me these last few months. I'd be willing and daring enough to embark on this undertaking if I could count on 150 francs a month for another year." (JLB 222, 5/1/1882.) There is hardly a straightforward word in these sentences, as Vincent tries to make a fifty-percent increase sound like no increase at all, and waits until the very end to slip in the new number. He adds, in a display of either arrogance or delusion, "if that were to fail I'd be able to scrape by anyway" (JLB 222, 5/1/1882). It is hard to imagine that Theo, a shrewd businessman like his uncle, was fooled by these sad semantic shell games.

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "I'd be willing and daring enough to embark on this undertaking if I could count on 150 francs a month for another year."

496. half of Theo's salary Stolwijk and Thomson, p. 195: According to Stolwijk and Thomson, Vincent earned 4,000 francs annually, "which was given to him in twelve monthly payments" of about 330 francs each. He was also given "an annual bonus of 7.5% of the gross profits of the branch on the Boulevard Montmartre," paid once a year after the annual inventory (ibid.). 497. wanted a new studio BVG 195, 5/1/1882.

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "The studio is larger than mine, the light very good. There's an attic, completely paneled over, so that one doesn't see the roof tiles. Extremely large, where one can partition off as many rooms as one likes (and I have the planks to do it). Rent 12.50 guilders a month, a strong, well-built house, but it won't bring in anymore, because it's 'only in Schenkweg' and the rich people the owner had hoped for won't come here."

498. "it is much better" BVG 220, 7/26/1882. In fact, Vincent gives many reasons for why the new, larger, more expensive apartment, which was only one door away from the old at 136 Schenkweg (JLB 245, 7/6/1882 and 7/7/1882).

Context:
BVG 220, 7/26/1882: "The new studio is a great improvement on the old one; it makes work easier, and it is much better for posing especially because one can take a greater distance [from the models]."
JLB 251, 7/26/1882: "The new studio makes a huge difference compared to the previous one in that it's more pleasant to work in; for posing, especially, it's a great improvement because one can stand further back [from the models]."

499. he wanted a guarantee BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882. In addition to a guarantee that the money would not be withheld, Vincent said he wanted Theo to send the money weekly, not monthly, "because it's so difficult to calculate a month ahead" (JLB 221, 4/26/1882).

Context:
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "I wish it could be arranged for me to receive the money weekly, because it's so difficult to calculate a month ahead."

500. "I insist upon its being" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882. (We have slightly altered the translation.) Vincent defined "most necessary" as "bread, clothing, rent, models, drawing materials. ... And it's not such a tremendous amount, the way I go about it -- and I can make drawings in return, provided someone wants them. I don't desire wealth, but of course I can't stand the thought of not having the most necessary things." (JLB 221, 4/26/1882.) This statement makes it clear that Vincent's proposal for Theo's support is the product of defiant delusion. "I can make drawings in return, provided someone wants them" is an astonishing circularity -- i.e., "I could earn a living if I could earn a living" (ibid.). At moments like these, Vincent may really show that he has lost touch with reality; it is clear why he was unable to connect with Theo (or anybody else): he could not control his own thoughts.

Context:
BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882: "So it is not unreasonable for me to insist upon its being arranged so that I no longer need be afraid that what is strictly necessary will be taken from me, nor always feel as if it were the bread of charity."
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "So it's not unreasonable for me to urge you to arrange it so that I no longer have to fear that the most necessary things will be taken from me, or always have the feeling that it's charity."

501. "a workman is worthy" BVG 191, 4/15/1882-4/30/1882. We have combined elements from both translations.

Context:
JLB 221, 4/26/1882: "A workman is worth his wages."

502. Vincent argued his brother Vincent first proposed the idea of a guaranteed arrangement soon after he arrived in The Hague, after receiving Theo's chastising letter in early January (JLB 197, 1/5/1882). This established the dynamic of his financial dependency on Theo: the harder Vincent had to press Theo for money, or the more Theo challenged Vincent's behavior (toward their parents or others) or decisions (about expenditures, about art-making, about models), the more Vincent longed for an arrangement that freed him from the burden of worrying about Theo's continued support. The first version of this was Vincent's wildly improbable and unworkable plan to interpose Tersteeg between him and Theo: "I think it would be fine if you could come to an agreement with Mr. Tersteeg, so that in case of difficulty I can go to him without too many misgivings" (JLB 200, 1/14/1882). Vincent continues to press this idea (JLB 202, 1/22/1882; JLB 203, 1/26/1882; JLB 204, 2/13/1882) until the blow-up with Tersteeg in mid-February. In March, as his pleas for more money and accelerated payments crescendo, he apparently envisioned an arrangement with Theo that would be guaranteed, or at least formalized (i.e., made binding), by Mauve. That is the thrust of this cryptic reference: "As regards the arrangement between you and me, that I receive money from you, I'd like to speak to you about it again in the presence of Mauve and no one else, when you come to The Hague, which will be soon, I hope" (JLB 208, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882).

Vincent's next strategy -- one that he will return to again and again -- is to suggest that Theo's money is not a gift but payment for Vincent's work. "My debt to you is something else," he writes in April, "we don't know how things will turn out. If you carry on as an art dealer, then in time you'll be getting drawings and paintings for it." (JLB 214, 4/2/1882.) The hardest and most worked-out push comes in early May, right before Vincent reveals to Theo his relationship with Sien, and clearly in anticipation thereof. In a very long and carefully argued letter, Vincent elaborates this notion of a joint enterprise, which is ultimately nothing more than an effort to recast Theo's money as investment and/or well-earned compensation for Vincent's hard work, with the promise of "return," in the form of sales, somewhere in the future. Vincent sums up this new paradigm: "Where is a will is a way, but that has to come from both sides. For me the will must be the making of things, and for those who have or may acquire sympathy for me, the will is selling or buying those things." (JLB 222, 5/1/1882.) This letter is a masterpiece of indirection and subtle (sometimes not so subtle) emotional coercion -- a passive strategy no doubt dictated by the upcoming revelations about Sien, which Vincent either already planned (as argued in the next chapter) or feared would soon be pre-empted by Mauve or Tersteeg. "What I value most," Vincent concludes, "is your sympathy. If I positively win that, the selling will follow." (ibid.)

503. into a fake fireplace

Vincent never specifically mentions the arrangement of stove and fake fireplace, but it is clearly evident in a number of surviving drawings of the period, including Girl Near the Stove, Grinding Coffee (F 170 JH 91) and Scheveningen Woman Sewing (F 171 JH 96). The arrangement is too idiosyncratic for Vincent to have invented it so meticulously and repeatedly.

504. an alcove for a bed BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882. Vincent refers to his apartment as "a room and alcove" (JLB 196, 1/3/1882). We are assuming that he placed the bed in the alcove because his numerous drawings made in the main part of the studio (i.e., near the window and the stove) show no signs of the bed he mentions purchasing when he moved in (JLB 197, 1/5/1882).

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "I'm installed in a studio of my own. A room and alcove …"

505. a window looking out BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882: Eventually, Vincent moved to the larger apartment next door, which had three windows facing north.

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "… the light is bright enough, for the window is large (twice as large as an ordinary window), and it's more or less facing south."

506. a cluttered carpenter's yard

Vincent draws the view from his window (and the closely related view from the window of his subsequent apartment next door) numerous times: e.g., Carpenter's Yard and Laundry (F 939 JH 150), Carpenter's Yard and Laundry (F 944 JH 153), Rooftops (F 943 JH 156), Rooftops (F 220 JH 157), Snowy Yard (F 276 JH 342), Snowy Yard (F 1023 JH 343), Snowy Yard (F 1022 JH 344).

507. the neighbor's laundry lines

See Carpenter's Yard and Laundry, F 939 JH 150, May, 1882, pencil, pen, brush, heightened with white, 11.2 x 18.5 in., 28.5 x 47 cm., Otterlo, Kröller-Müller Museum.

508. nondescript and cheaply built BVG 195, 5/1/1882: In late April, a storm blew through The Hague, revealing just how cheaply Vincent's building had been built. In the same letter, Vincent contrasts his building with the one next door (to which he will soon move, partly as a result of the storm damage), calling the other one "a strong, well-built house" (JLB 222, 5/1/1882).

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "There's been a terrible storm here for 3 nights running. In the night from Saturday to Sunday the window of my studio gave out. (The house where I live is very dilapidated.) 4 large panes broken and the window wrenched loose."

509. sparsely developed new area Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 18: The building that Vincent first occupied, at number 138, a single block consisting of two houses, "was the first construction in the Schenkstraat, around 1875." 510. beyond the Rijnspoor station BVG 168, 1/5/1882-1/6/1882.

Context:
JLB 198, 1/5/1882 or 1/6/1882: "Surely you've received my last letter, in which I told you one thing and another about what happened at home and how that resulted in my leaving home and going back to The Hague, and am now in my own studio, address SCHENKWEG No. 138 (near the Rijnspoor Station)."

511. area of garden plots

See, for example: Backyards (F 939a JH 120). According to Hulsker, there was also apparently a nursery in the area (see Nursery on Schenkweg [F 923 JH 125] and Nursery on Schenkweg [F 930 JH 138]), but Van der Mast and Dumas appear to imply that the area was vacant land until 1886 "or a bit earlier" when "it was sold as a pasture" to a gardener named Stemerding "who opened his nursery garden there in the same year" (Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 19). This could suggest that the vacant land may have been used less formally by neighbors for growing at the time Vincent lived on the Schenkweg.

512. cinder paths BVG 238, 10/10/1882. Hulsker adds: "Building for the expansion of the town was already in full swing at that time. The Schenkweg itself could hardly be called a road; it was a narrow path through the meadows, bordered by ditches and rows of trees; in letter 138, [Vincent] called it een kolenweg (a cinder road)." (Hulsker, Vincent and Theo, p. 114.)

Context:
JLB 272, 10/15/1882: "Today it looks very different here, but it's beautiful too in its way, the Rijnspoor yards, for example. In the foreground the cinder road."

273 513. only a few steps

BVG R20, 2/4/1883. According to Hulsker, "The railroad to Utrecht ran along the Schenkweg, and the house looked out on a complex of buildings which was later pulled down, including a locomotive depot and a shed. Vincent drew the view of the meadows, the railroad and the railroad buildings many times." (Hulsker, Vincent and Theo, p. 114.) Hulsker cites the following examples: Meadows near Rijswijk and the Schenkweg (F 910 JH 99), Carpenter's Yard and Laundry (F 939 JH 150), and Rooftops (F 943 JH 156).

Context:
JLB 307, 2/4/1883: "… as it happens, I live close by Rijnspoor [Rhine Railway] station …"

514. people rarely ventured BVG 195, 5/1/1882. Referring to his subsequent apartment, which was next door to this one, Vincent says "it won't bring in anymore, because it's 'only in Schenkweg' and the rich people the owner had hoped for won't come here" (JLB 222, 5/1/1882). According to Van der Mast and Dumas, "This part of the Bezuidenhout was built-on from around 1880 onwards. They were houses for the common people, a common target audience for railway station neighborhoods." (Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 18.)

Context:
JLB 222, 5/1/1882: "Rent 12.50 guilders a month, a strong, well-built house, but it won't bring in anymore, because it's 'only in Schenkweg' and the rich people the owner had hoped for won't come here."

515. second-floor rear apartment Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 19: According to the authors, the upper floor of 138 Schenkweg "consisted of a front room, study, back room, alcove, attic and attic room and was let for 3 guilders a week. There must have been another lodger whose name could not be traced, because Vincent only rented the back room with the alcove." 516. Schenkweg no. 138 BVG 168, 1/5/1882-1/6/1882. Vincent gives this address, even though the two-story building in which he took a room was actually off the Schenkweg on a road that was called "Third Street of the Schenkweg" until it was given the name Schenkstraat in 1884, at which time the address changed to 9 Schenkstraat (Van der Mast and Dumas, eds., p. 17). The Schenkweg was nothing more than a country road running along the railroad track to Utrecht (Hulsker, Vincent and Theo, p. 114). Vincent lived on the second floor in the rear of the building, facing in a southerly direction. (See Hulsker, "The Houses Where Van Gogh Lived in The Hague," pp. 2-5, 9-11.) The building no longer exists and the area was extensively rebuilt after an allied bombing in World War II.

Context:
JLB 198, 1/5/1882 or 1/6/1882: "… am now in my own studio, address SCHENKWEG No. 138 (near the Rijnspoor Station)."

517. they arrived unaccompanied BVG 178, 3/3/1882: Presumably, Vincent means the reference to giving a party as a joke.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "Tomorrow two children are coming to visit whom I must amuse and draw at the same time."

518. from morning until evening BVG 171, 1/21/1882.

Context:
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "I've had a model every day on a regular basis, from morning to evening, and the model is good."

519. boys BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882. Later, Vincent writes: "On Sunday an orphan boy is coming, a perfect type, but unfortunately I can have him only for a short time" (JLB 207, 3/3/1882). This may be the same Sunday-only boy that Vincent writes about again in October 1882: "Next Sunday I hope to get the same boy again" (JLB 272, 10/15/1882). He may also be among the orphanage boys Vincent mentions again later that month: "This week I hope to have orphan boys to pose" (JLB 274, 10/22/1882).

Context:
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "… a smith's boy this morning, who couldn't come because his father said that I had to pay a guilder an hour …"

520. girls BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882.

Context:
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "This is a little sketch of one of the small watercolours, it's a corner of my studio with a girl grinding coffee."

521. sometimew with their mothers BVG 178, 3/3/1882. That is certainly the implication of Vincent's surprising report about having to "amuse" the children (JLB 207, 3/3/1882). Also, Vincent twice reports recruiting young male sitters from orphanages (ibid. and JLB 274, 11/22/1882).

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "Tomorrow two children are coming to visit whom I must amuse and draw at the same time."

522. old men BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882. Vincent reports being refused by "a very old man, who, incidentally, would probably have been very Ribera-like as a nude model" (JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882). (The reference is to the Spanish painter José de Ribera, famous for his dramatic depictions of emaciated saints.) Later, Vincent reported: "A model is coming on Friday afternoon, a man from the almshouse" (JLB 266, 9/18/1882). We are assuming that for every success or failure he reports, there were probably many additional failures and some additional successes.

Context:
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "I even had it with a very old man, who, incidentally, would probably have been very Ribera-like as a nude model."

523. old women BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882. "But I think I've done well to find this [old] woman" (JLB 202, 1/22/1882). This "old woman" may be Sien's mother. About five weeks later, Vincent writes, apparently referring to the same old woman, "But I can in fact have the model, be it the older woman or the younger or the child" (JLB 207, 3/3/1882).

Context:
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "Tomorrow I have the little old woman as a model again."

524. young women BVG 163, 12/18/1881: Vincent apparently tried at least once to hire one of the young women models that he had drawn in Mauve's studio. This is probably the same model Vincent refers to earlier in the same letter: "The painted studies are still lifes, the watercolours done from a model, a Scheveningen woman" (JLB 192, 12/18/1881). Later, sometime in February, he hired a young woman: "But I can in fact have the model, be it the older woman or the younger or the child" (JLB 207, 3/3/1882). This "younger" was probably Sien Hoornik.

Context:
JLB 192, 12/18/1881: "I find Scheveningen so almightily beautiful and the types and figures. But the models there cost 1.50 or 2 guilders a day, some of them even more."

525. wore "everyday clothes" BVG R37, 6/14/1883-6/15/1883. Vincent does not specify what his models wore, except in one case, and his extended discussion of "Sunday clothes" suggests this was unusual for his models (JLB 354, 6/15/1883).

Context:
JLB 354, 6/15/1883: "I've had several fine models of late. ... A fellow with a wheelbarrow -- you may remember me drawing his head in Sunday clothes ... Now I have him in his everyday suit, and it's perhaps hard to believe that it's the same man who posed for the two figures."

526. soup kitchens BVG R8, 5/28/1882: This reference must be to workhouses, almshouses, soup kitchens, and the like -- all "houses" of laborers and poor people. Presumably Vincent is not referring to individual domiciles here, as most cities' genuine poor did not have private houses, nor is it likely that Vincent, even Vincent, would have gone house to house recruiting models.

Context:
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "Another pleasing sight here is the soup kitchens, and always, always the 3rd-class waiting room."

527. orphanages BVG 178, 3/3/1882.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "On Sunday an orphan boy is coming, a perfect type, but unfortunately I can have him only for a short time."

528. hiring experienced models BVG 173, 1/26/1882.

Context:
JLB 203, 1/26/1882: "This model is a pretty girl, I believe she's mainly [Adolph] Artz's model, but she charges a daalder a day and that's really too expensive for now."

529. "hunt" BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882.

Context:
BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882: "Theo, I have great trouble with models: I hunt for them, and when I find them, it is hard to get them to come to the studio; often they do not come at all."
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "Theo, I'm having a lot of trouble with the models, I search for them and when I find them it's a struggle to get them to come to my studio, and sometimes they let me down."

530. "I have great trouble"

BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 529.) Later, in the same spirit, he writes: "Nor is it easy to find models and to get them to pose. Most painters are driven to desperation by it." (JLB 210, 3/11/1882.)

Context:
BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882: "Theo, I have great trouble with models: I hunt for them, and when I find them, it is hard to get them to come to the studio; often they do not come at all."
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "Theo, I'm having a lot of trouble with the models, I search for them and when I find them it's a struggle to get them to come to my studio, and sometimes they let me down."

531. Some refused to make BVG 172, 1/22/1882.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "... for I've already had a number of models, but they're too expensive or they think it too far to come, or they complain later and can't come back regularly."

532. but never show up BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882.

Context:
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "When I find them it's a struggle to get them to come to my studio, and sometimes they let me down."

533. Some came once BVG 172, 1/22/1882.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "... for I've already had a number of models, but they're too expensive or they think it too far to come, or they complain later and can't come back regularly."

534. "they would have" BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: In March 1882, when Vincent did start drawing from the nude, the naked models tended to scare away other models, who feared they, too, would be asked to strip. "The difficulty also lies very much in finding models for this purpose, and if I could avoid it I'd like to avoid having a nude model in the studio, so as not to make other models timid" (JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882). We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: "The fear 'that they will have to strip naked' is usually the first scruple one has to overcome when approaching people about posing."
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "The fear 'that they have to strip naked' is usually the first scruple to be overcome when approaching someone about posing."

535. come only on Sundays BVG 238, 10/10/1882: The boys that Vincent recruited at the orphanage, especially, seemed to have been limited to coming on Sundays.

Context:
JLB 272, 10/15/1882: "Next Sunday I hope to get the same boy again." 536. paint-splattered clothes BVG 172, 1/22/1882.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "You know that my clothes are mostly altered things of yours ... so they look shabby, and especially all that messing about with paint makes it much more difficult." 537. he wore a fine coat BVG 190, 4/15/1882-4/27/1882. Vincent gives only half of this complaint; the other half is inferential. The most likely reason Vincent put on a "nice coat" was because he had had little success recruiting models in his usual unkempt attire. He subsequently acknowledges that he changed his dress depending on whom he was trying to please: "dressed up one time and less so another, and it's a story like that of the farmer, his son and the donkey, the moral of which, as you know, is that people are hard to please" (JLB 375, 8/18/1883).

Context:
JLB 220, 4/23/1882: "If I wear a nice coat, the workers I need as models are distrustful and fear me like the devil, or else they want a lot of money from me."

538. Parents demanded BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882.

Context:
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "Like a smith's boy this morning, who couldn't come because his father said that I had to pay a guilder an hour, and of course I wasn't inclined to do that."

539. models demanded extra BVG 172, 1/22/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 847.)

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "… for I've already had a number of models, but they're too expensive or they think it too far to come, or they complain later and can't come back regularly."

540. to freeze in place BVG 241, 11/2/1882-11/3/1882.

Context:
JLB 280, 11/5/1882: "At Scheveningen, for instance, I've occasionally had a boy or a man stand still for a moment, as they say, on the beach. The outcome was always a great desire on my part for a longer pose, and standing still for a moment isn't enough for me, neither for a person nor for a horse." (Emphasis in original.)

541. "The result was always"

BVG 241, 11/2/1882-11/3/1882. (See Ch. 16, n. 540.)

Context:
BVG 241, 11/2/1882-11/3/1882: "At Scheveningen, for instance, on the beach, I have had a boy or man standing for me for a moment, as they call it; the result was always a great longing in me for a longer pose, and the mere standing still of a man or a horse doesn't satisfy me."
JLB 280, 11/5/1882: "At Scheveningen, for instance, I've occasionally had a boy or a man stand still for a moment, as they say, on the beach. The outcome was always a great desire on my part for a longer pose, and standing still for a moment isn't enough for me, neither for a person nor for a horse." (Emphasis in original.)

542. "He was anything" Van Gogh-Bonger, citing Stokvis's account quoting J.A. Oosteryck, p. 292. As an example, Oosteryck cited Vincent's reaction when people tried to watch him work: "When Vincent was [drawing], he did not like to be spied on: if one looked on longer than he wanted, then the curious one met with the unabashed request to remove himself" (Stokvis, p. 18). 543. he redressed them BVG 142, 4/2/1881: This is the only possible conclusion from Vincent repeated report of purchasing wardrobe items for his models, usually "characteristic" regional pieces of clothing such as capes and hats, which would not, of course, have required full stripping.

Context:
JLB 164, 4/2/1881: "Namely bought two workmen's suits of coarse black velvet, of the material I think one calls velveteen. They look smart and one looks presentable in them; moreover, they'll come in handy later on, for I'll need a great many workman's clothes later, and even now already, for my models, whom I naturally need like anyone else. Gradually I'll have to acquire articles of clothing of all kinds, second-hand if necessary, both men's and women's clothing, for that purpose."

544. his own previous drawings BVG 169, 1/5/1882-1/8/1882: It is not clear whether he went systematically through the earlier drawings and recreated the poses in the Hague studio or just inevitably re-addressed some of the same poses in the hopes of correcting previous mistakes. Many of the drawings from the two periods appear to be in identical poses, although there are some obvious lapses (e.g., there are no "sower" figures attributed to this period of the Hague drawings). Presumably because of the availability of Sien, there is extensive overlap in the poses of female figures in the two periods. However, it should be noted that definitive dating of drawings between the two periods is not always possible.

Context:
JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882: "By studying new models I'll automatically become alert to the mistakes in the proportion of my studies of this summer and, taking that into account, they can easily be of use to me."

545. He reworked favorite poses

BVG R18, 11/26/1882: Vincent is mentioning Peasant Sitting by the Fireplace (Worn Out), F 864 JH 51, October, 1881, watercolor, 5.1 x 8.3 in., 13 x 21cm., private collection, New York.

Context:
JLB 287, 11/24/1882: "You remember that drawing Worn out? In the last few days I've done it again no fewer than three times with two models, and will labour on it some more."

546. a boy pulling BVG 238, 10/10/1882.

Context:
JLB 272, 10/15/1882: "Next Sunday I hope to get the same boy again."

547. a woman wandering BVG 178, 3/3/1882.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "Yesterday evening I went out with him [Breitner] to look for figure types in the street in order to study them later in the studio with a model. In that way I drew an old woman I'd seen in the Geest district where the madhouse is."

548. the front, back, and side BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882.

Context:
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "From the front, from the back, from the side."

549. least half an hour BVG 241, 11/2/1882-11/3/1882.

Context:
JLB 280, 11/5/1882: "I try to work quickly, because otherwise it just doesn't pan out, but a study that's of some use requires at least half an hour, say."

274 550. finding the right light BVG R8, 5/28/1882.

Context:
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "And she has the patience to put up with the tedious searching for this or that position or pose."

551. studies of heads, necks BVG 185, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882. We have pluralized Vincent's list.

Context:
JLB 215, 4/6/1882: "Recently I've been making many studies of parts of the figure: heads, neck, breast, shoulder."

552. hands, feet BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882.

Context:
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "I'm busy drawing heads, I must also -- though it can't all be done at once -- draw hands and feet, it's really high time."

553. his south-facing window BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882.

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "I'm installed in a studio of my own. A room and alcove, the light is bright enough, for the window is large (twice as large as an ordinary window), and it's more or less facing south."

554. the winter weather warmed BVG 172, 1/22/1882: Vincent talks about taking models outdoors as early as late January when the weather, even at its best, could not have been too accommodating for either artist or model.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "I ... arranged with Mauve to do things with the model and outdoors."

555. instructed them to meet him BVG R8, 5/28/1882. Talking about his chief model, Sien Hoornik, Vincent writes, "If I need to have the size of a figure outside or if I'm looking for the position of a figure in a drawing ... I have only to say, be at such and such a place at such and such a time, and she'll be there" (JLB 232, 5/28/1882). 556. fix the position BVG R8, 5/28/1882: Vincent reports that he makes appointments with his model to find the right position.

Context:
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "… to have the size of a figure outside or if I'm looking for the position of a figure in a drawing I'm doing out of doors, for instance to see how a figure appears against a fishing pink on the beach and where it catches the light."

557. see where the light touched BVG R8, 5/28/1882.

Context:
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "… to have the size of a figure outside or if I'm looking for the position of a figure in a drawing I'm doing out of doors, for instance to see how a figure appears against a fishing pink on the beach and where it catches the light."

558. "hard work" BVG 160, 11/19/1881.

Context:
BVG 160, 11/19/1881: "But it is hard work for the models too, I can tell you."
JLB 187, 11/19/1881: "But it's hard work for the models too, believe me."

559. "fly into a rage" BVG R8, 5/28/1882.

Context:
BVG R8, 5/28/1882: "For instance, when something goes wrong and I fly into a rage and get up and say, 'Damn it, it's all wrong!' or something even worse than that, she does not take it as a personal affront, as of course most others would, but lets me calm down and start all over again."
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "If, for example, I get angry because something isn't working out and I get up and say 'It isn't worth a damn,' or even much harsher things than that, she doesn't take it as an insult, as most people naturally would, but lets me calm down and start again from scratch."

560. leap from his chair BVG R8, 5/28/1882.

Context:
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "If, for example, I get angry because something isn't working out and I get up and say 'It isn't worth a damn,' or even much harsher things than that, she doesn't take it as an insult, as most people naturally would, but lets me calm down and start again from scratch."

561. "Damn it, it's all wrong!" BVG R8, 5/28/1882.

Context:
BVG R8, 5/28/1882: "For instance, when something goes wrong and I fly into a rage and get up and say, 'Damn it, it's all wrong!' or something even worse than that, she does not take it as a personal affront, as of course most others would, but lets me calm down and start all over again."
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "If, for example, I get angry because something isn't working out and I get up and say 'It isn't worth a damn,' or even much harsher things than that, she doesn't take it as an insult, as most people naturally would, but lets me calm down and start again from scratch."

562. or worse BVG R8, 5/28/1882. This is Vincent's own admission, although he does not provide details.

Context:
JLB 232, 5/28/1882: "I get angry because something isn't working out and I get up and say 'It isn't worth a damn,' or even much harsher things than that."

563. His models often complained BVG 172, 1/22/1882.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "I've already had a number of models, but they're too expensive ... or they complain later."

564. simply walked out on him BVG 172, 1/22/1882.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "... for I've already had a number of models, but they're too expensive or they think it too far to come, or they complain later and can't come back regularly."

565. have models every day BVG 150, 9/1/1881.

Context:
JLB 172, September 1881: "Not very much, but because it's an everyday occurrence it will be one more expense as long as I fail to sell any drawings."

566. only four francs a week BVG 160, 11/19/1881: Because Vincent always operated on the basis of a six-day week, that works out to about two guilders (four francs) per week. However, he assured Theo, "it seems to me that the cost of models will be completely recouped fairly soon already" (JLB 150, mid-September, 1881).

Context:
JLB 187, 11/19/1881: "Now I spend 20, 25, 30 cents a day …"

567. it was not enough BVG 160, 11/19/1881.

Context:
JLB 187, 11/19/188: "Now I spend 20, 25, 30 cents a day, though I can't do that every day, but it's actually not enough, and I could make more rapid progress by spending a little more" (emphasis in original).

568. professional models charged BVG 163, 12/18/1881: Because Vincent sketched from a young female model wearing Scheveningen clothes in Mauve's studio when he came to The Hague in December, this is probably a reference to that model or one like her. The next month (January 1882), Vincent wrote admiringly of another professional model: "This model is a pretty girl, I believe she's mainly Artz's model, but she charges a daalder a day and that's really too expensive for now" (JLB 203, 1/26/1882). The reference is to David Adolph Artz, a protégé of Jozef Israëls and friend of Jacob and Matthijs Maris.

Context:
JLB 192, 12/18/1881: "I find Scheveningen so almightily beautiful and the types and figures. But the models there cost 1.50 or 2 guilders a day, some of them even more."

569. still he hired them BVG 172, 1/22/1882.

Context:
JLB 202, 1/22/1882: "Now that I've found that little old woman, it needn't be so expensive as it was those first few days when I was bargaining with this one or that one."

570. only three francs a week Zemel, p. 25: Zemel gives this figure in guilders: "Mothers on public assistance received a meager 1.50 guilders a week at most, plus bread." 571. "every day from morning" BVG 171, 1/21/1882: This probably both understates and overstates the case. Vincent is referring only to one of his models, an old woman, probably Sien's mother, when he writes: "I've had a model every day on a regular basis, from morning to evening, and the model is good" (JLB 201, 1/21/1882). However, perhaps purposely, this statement does not preclude the possibility that Vincent has other models whom he recruits on an irregular basis. This was clearly the case later in the spring, when Sien's whole family modeled for him on a regular basis, while other models came and went with frequency. (See Ch. 16, n. 909.) It is no doubt probative on this issue that all three of the unscheduled visitors that Vincent reports during this period (Mauve, De Bock, and Tersteeg), find models in his studio (the first two of these before Sien became a regular fixture there) (JLB 204, 2/13/1882). When, in February, Theo suggests that he might visit, Vincent demands advance notice so that he can make special arrangements not to have a model in the studio when Theo arrives (JLB 206, 2/25/1882).

Context:
BVG 171, 1/21/1882: "I have had a model regularly, every day from morning until evening, and the model is good."
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "I've had a model every day on a regular basis, from morning to evening, and the model is good."

572. nervously offered inducements BVG 178, 3/3/1882. For Theo's consumption, Vincent packages this as sympathy for his models' financial plights: "Sometimes it grieves me to think that I might have to let the model wait, because they need it so much" (JLB 207, 3/3/1882). At one point, angry at Tersteeg, he says he would have rejected a payment from the gérant "if it had been for me, but I had to pay the model, who's a poor, sick woman whom I may not keep waiting" (JLB 208, 3/6/1882-3/9/1882; emphasis in original). In September, he reports, "A model is coming on Friday afternoon, a man from the almshouse, and I wouldn't like to send him away unpaid" (JLB 266, 9/18/1882). It is clear, however, that Vincent anguishes over his models' reactions to him, to his poverty, and to his unschooled art. "And it hinders me so much in my work if I have too many other things on my mind that I don't want to think about, and am in a stew while sitting in front of the model about how I'm going to pay and whether I'll continue the next day or won't be able to" (JLB 202, 1/22/1882). 573. including regular pay BVG 178, 3/3/1882. Vincent tries to present this plan as not just acceptable, but desirable: "Well, that was exactly what I wanted so very much, and I consider it a good arrangement" -- but it is doubtful Theo shared his enthusiasm for such an expensive commitment (Hulsker, Vincent and Theo, p. 117). Almost certainly, this was Sien's family, although Vincent does not reveal their identities or the true nature of his relationship with them until several months later.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "I got them to pose for me, though not without difficulty and on the condition that I'd promise them steady work."

574. raises, and advances BVG 177, 2/25/1882. Vincent writes this anticipating a visit from Theo in the spring. The implication is that Vincent's model (probably Sien) came every day unless Vincent specifically arranged with her beforehand not to come. Vincent strangely ignores the possibility of just sending the model home. So, if he paid her, he apparently paid her in advance, or paid her on some long-term, agreed-upon basis and did not feel that he could get his money back, or renege on the terms of the deal if he canceled her at the last minute.

Context:
JLB 206, 2/25/1882: "When you come, I hope we'll have some quiet time together in the studio, and I also hope that you'll write to me in advance, so that I can arrange with the model not to come during the days of your visit."

575. at least three models BVG 178, 3/3/1882. Note that this implies the existence of two groups of models: the Sien group, consisting of Sien's mother ("the older woman"), Sien ("the younger"), and Sien's daughter ("the child"), whom Vincent can ask to work on credit; and another group that insists on being paid immediately and therefore Vincent dares not hire if he does not have their money in hand.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "Sometimes it grieves me to think that I might have to let the model wait, because they need it so much. I've paid them up to today, but next week I wouldn't be able to do it. But I can in fact have the model, be it the older woman or the younger or the child."

576. two francs a day BVG 178, 3/3/1882. He doesn't say so at the time, but this is undoubtedly the arrangement that Vincent made with Sien and her daughter and mother: "We've agreed to compromise in the beginning. I've promised them a guilder [two francs] a day as soon as I sell one. And that I'll make it up to them later for giving them too little now." (JLB 207, 3/3/1882.) We do not credit Vincent's claim that Sien agreed to work on a promise of future, contingent payment ("as soon as I sell one") (Zemel, p. 25). Vincent no doubt phrased it this way in order not to alarm Theo about his level of financial commitment to Sien. Given what we later learn, it is clear that Sien was not "investing" in Vincent's ultimate success. (The relationship between Vincent's characterization of Sien's participation in his artistic enterprise as a form of investment and his similar characterization of Theo's money is noteworthy, and probably not coincidental. Vincent probably intended the message: "See, Theo, even this humble woman has enough confidence in me to believe that she will be paid. You should, too.")

It is a guess, of course, exactly how much of Vincent's limited resources were expended on Sien and her family during early 1882, although Vincent does later admit that he "paid her rent" during this period -- presumably meaning that he gave her enough money for modeling to cover her rent (until she moved into his apartment) (JLB 224, 5/7/1882). This suggests that, starting very early, Vincent paid Sien not a specific amount but rather according to a general promise of support. At one point, Vincent reports: "I had to pay 6 guilders of it to the model, to the baker, to the girl who sweeps the studio" (JLB 210, 3/11/1882). Since both bread and servants were very cheap, most of this money probably went to the model who was almost certainly Sien. If so, he was paying her about five guilders (ten francs) a week -- not much less than the one guilder per day he mentioned to Theo only the week before.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "You needn't worry too much about the money, because we've agreed to compromise in the beginning. I've promised them a guilder a day as soon as I sell one. And that I'll make it up to them later for giving them too little now."

577. elaborate summer campaign BVG 182, 3/14/1882-3/18/1882: In retrospect, it is clear that this campaign was designed to justify his commitment to Sien and her family, which he had not yet revealed to Theo. The reference to a (presumably) male "digger" may represent the introduction of an additional model or it may be merely indirection to throw Theo off the scent created by Vincent's sudden interest in nude drawing and his repeated acclaim for his new models. Theo did not have to exercise his imagination to see the potential for sexual misbehavior between artist and model, already a hoary art world cliché.

Context:
JLB 212, 3/16/1882-3/20/1882: "And when summer comes and the cold is no longer an obstacle, I simply must make some studies of the nude one way or another. Not exactly academic poses. But I wanted, for instance, so very, very much to have, for example, a nude model for a digger or seamstress. From the front, from the back, from the side. To learn to see and sense the shape through the clothing and get a clear idea of the movement. I reckon that 12 or so studies, 6 men, 6 women, would already give me a great deal of insight. Each study costs a day's work."

578. The more he spent on models BVG 160, 11/19/1881.

Context:
JLB 187, 11/19/1881: "When I earn more and can spend more on models, I'll make entirely different things, you'll see!"

579. "ruin" BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882.

Context:
BVG 179, 3/5/1882-3/9/1882: "Working without a model is the ruin of a painter of the figure."
JLB 208, 3/6/1882 and 3/9/1882: "Working without a model is the bane of the figure painter, especially at the beginning of his career."

580. "too risky" BVG 185, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882.

Context:
BVG 185, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882: "It's all right when somebody with years of experience draws the figure from memory after having studied it a great deal, but it seems to me too risky to work from memory systematically."
JLB 215, 4/6/1882: "If someone with many years of experience draws figures from the imagination after a great deal of study, fine, but to work systematically from the imagination seems overly rash to me."

581. "feared nothing" BVG 437, 11/28/1885.

Context:
BVG 437, 11/28/1885: "If I could come by a good model for a song, I'd be afraid of nothing."
JLB 545, 11/28/1885: "If I could come by good models at virtually no expense I wouldn't be afraid of anything."

582. He vowed to sacrifice BVG 180, 3/11/1882. Elsewhere, he gives models a higher priority than his art supplies: "I'm greatly privileged compared with many others, but all the same I can't do everything that I have the heart and enthusiasm to undertake. The costs are so many, beginning with the model and food and accommodation, and ending with different paints and brushes." (JLB 327, 3/11/1883.) And finally, lest there be any doubt: "I would rather spend what I have on models than on painting materials, I do assure you. I've never complained about money spent on models." (JLB 325, 3/5/1883.)

Context:
JLB 210, 3/11/1882: "Nor is it easy to find models and to get them to pose. Most painters are driven to desperation by it. Especially when one has to scrimp -- go short of -- food, drink, clothing in order to pay them."

583. arguments unmoored him This ambivalence, of course, threads throughout the period. Perhaps the best statement of it comes in late February, when Vincent is trying desperately to justify his estrangement from Mauve and Tersteeg: "It goes without saying that I'd be very happy to sell a drawing, but it makes me much happier if a true artist like Weissenbruch says of an unsaleable (???) study or drawing, that's faithful and I'd be able to work from that. You see, although I place great value on money, especially now, still, for me the No. 1 thing is to make something that's reasonable." (JLB 206, 2/25/1882.) Most of his explicit arguments follow this line. He expresses it again in his complaint about Tersteeg's pressure to create saleable works: "he encourages me not to undertake difficult study from a model but rather to adopt a procedure that's actually only half suited to the rendering of what I want to express, according to my own character and according to my own temperament" (ibid.). In his implicit arguments, however, Vincent takes up the opposite line, trying to reassure Theo, his bankroller, that he has not lost sight of the goal of self-sufficiency. This is most obvious in his constant protests that the expense of models will be ultimately repaid (JLB 196, 1/3/1882), and his repeated references to successful illustrators and painters who specialize in the figure (JLB 220, 4/23/1882). 584. "the surest way" BVG 177, 2/25/1882.

Context:
BVG 177, 2/25/1882: "It may take a longer or a shorter time, but the surest way is to penetrate deep into nature."
JLB 206, 2/25/1882: "It may take a longer or shorter time, but the way is really to penetrate deeply into nature."

585. citing popular magazine illustrators BVG 239, 10/29/1882. In particular, Vincent held out as "an excellent example … by always working with a model," Jozef Israëls, the hugely successful Hague School figure painter (JLB 277, 10/29/1882).

Context:
JLB 277, 10/29/1882: "Of course I do not mean people like Mauve or Israëls, although the latter sets an excellent example in my view by always working with a model, but more gentlemen like Bock and Breitner, say."

586. "have models almost every day" BVG 185, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882. Vincent makes a great show of this argument -- the opening salvo of his great obsession with the English illustrators. He follows up later the same month in a passage that simultaneously defends his figure drawing, his method of recruiting non-professional models, and his affair with Sien. Vincent has not yet revealed the affair, but he clearly is preparing for its revelation. "I ask this: where do the draughtsmen for The Graphic, Punch &c. get their models? Do they or don't they go themselves to round them up in the poorest alleyways of London? And the knowledge they have of the people, is it innate -- or did they acquire it later in life by living among the people and by paying attention to things that most people walk right past, by remembering what many forget?" (JLB 220, 4/23/1882.)

Context:
BVG 185, 4/1/1882-4/15/1882: "The English painters, especially the draftsmen for the Graphic, etc., have models almost every day."
JLB 246, 7/15/1882-7/16/1882: "The English painters, certainly the draughtsmen for The Graphic &c., have a model nearly every day."

275 587. "willingness" BVG 178, 3/3/1882. Vincent referred to Sien and her family in this manner.

Context:
BVG 178, 3/3/1882: "They are poor people, and I must say they are more than willing."
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "They're poor people and, I must say, invaluably willing."

588. "getting my own way" BVG 530, 9/1/1888. "I'm not angry with the human race because they think I'm this or that -- I freely admit in advance that they're absolutely right, but it saddens me that I don't have enough power to get what I want to pose for me, where I want and for as long or as short as I want" (JLB 626, 6/16/1888-6/20/1888). This is almost certainly why there is no evidence that Vincent took advantage of the opportunity to draw from models at the Pulchri two nights a week (JLB 199, 1/8/1882 or 1/9/1882). This would have been free, but the models were undoubtedly experienced and, as one of a group of artists working, he would have had limited authority to make the model assume poses -- clearly, for Vincent, a crucial part of the pleasure of the process. Vincent expressed a similar dissatisfaction with posing experienced models, no doubt for the same reason: he could not mold them as freely as he could his amateur sitters. His reticence with experienced models (who were, presumably, more familiar with what was and was not appropriate behavior in the studio) is evident in this passage from early in his Hague stay when he was still paying for professional models: "When the model happened to be standing like this for a moment, I was later able to sketch this one in an instant on a little piece of paper ... This model is a pretty girl, I believe she's mainly Artz's model, but she charges a daalder a day and that's really too expensive for now. So I simply toil on with my old crone." (JLB 203, 1/26/1882.) The impression left is that the model, not Vincent, was in charge of the process ("when the model happened to be standing like this for a moment").

Context:
BVG 530, 9/1/1888: "I feel that even so late in the day I could be a very different painter if I were capable of getting my own way with the models, but I also feel the possibility of going to seed and of seeing the day of one's capacity for artistic creation pass, just as a man loses his virility in the course of his life."
JLB 672, 9/1/1888: "I feel that even at the present time I could be an entirely different painter if I was able to settle the question of models. But I also feel the possibility of getting dull-witted and of seeing the time of potency in artistic production disappearing, just as in the course of life our balls start to let us down."

589. "making those I want" BVG W4, 6/22/1888. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG W4, 6/22/1888: "I am not the master of mankind because I am this or that -- I fully grant in advance that those who say so are right -- but I feel grieved because I do not have the power to make those I want to pose for me do it, wherever I want them, and as long as I want them."
JLB 626, 6/16/1888-6/20/1888: "Do you understand that I'm not angry with the human race because they think I'm this or that -- I freely admit in advance that they're absolutely right, but it saddens me that I don't have enough power to get what I want to pose for me, where I want and for as long or as short as I want."

590. He repeatedly compared models BVG 530, 9/1/1888.

Context:
JLB 672, 9/1/1888: "I feel that even at the present time I could be an entirely different painter if I was able to settle the question of models. But I also feel the possibility of getting dull-witted and of seeing the time of potency in artistic production disappearing, just as in the course of life our balls start to let us down."

591. extolling submissiveness BVG R4, 11/12/1881. In describing his fantasy of the perfect model-woman-mate, Vincent puts total submissiveness front-and-center: "If tomorrow I encounter one [model] who says, I want to come not only today but also tomorrow and the day after, and I understand what you need, go ahead, ..." (JLB 222, 5/1/1882; emphasis added). Unbeknownst to Theo at the time, Vincent is describing his prostitute-mistress-model, Sien Hoornik. Although Vincent clearly believes there is a close relationship between submissiveness and sex, his ideas about that relationship are confusing and/or shifting.

In 1881, he describes to Van Rappard two kinds of mistresses. The better of the two, he says, "one can give and take love, one or both of you being aware, meanwhile, that it isn't forever, neither does one surrender to it whole-heartedly and unreservedly" (JLB 184, 11/12/1881). Of the other kind, he writes, "[they] like to bind men to themselves, entirely, for ever and ever, without her ever surrendering whole-heartedly, entirely, unreservedly. They demand nothing more nor less than complete surrender of the heart, soul, mind in one certain direction, all the love that's in us, and then -- then -- they also give themselves." (ibid; emphasis in original.) Seven years later, in an 1888 letter to Bernard, Vincent has still not resolved the question of whether satisfying sex involves submitting or forcing submission, or both: "Why exert ourselves in spending all our creative juices when those who pimp for a living and even their simple, well-fed clients work more to the satisfaction of the genital organs of the registered whore in this case than we do?" (JLB 655, 8/5/1888.)

Context:
JLB 184, 11/12/1881: "One is the kind with whom one can give and take love, one or both of you being aware, meanwhile, that it isn't forever, neither does one surrender to it whole-heartedly and unreservedly."

592. the posture of submission

The most obvious example is the image that Vincent called Sorrow (F 929 JH129 and F 929a JH 130), of which he made several versions. But images in similarly submissive poses are strewn throughout his oeuvre, starting with Peasant Sitting by the Fireplace (Worn Out) (F 864 JH 51) in 1881 and ending with Old Man in Sorry (On the Threshold of Eternity) (F 702 JH 1967) in 1889. Of the former, Vincent wrote, "You remember that drawing Worn out? In the last few days I've done it again no fewer than three times with two models, and will labour on it some more. For the present I have one that will be the subject of a fifth stone, which thus depicts an old working man who sits and ponders with his elbows on his knees and his head (a bald crown this time) in his hands." (JLB 287, 11/24/1882.) This refers to a lithograph that Vincent labeled Old Man with His Head in His Hands ("At Eternity's Gate" ) (F 1662 JH 268) executed in several variations (Worn Out [F 9997 JH 267] and Old Man with His Head in His Hands, Half-Figure [F 998 JH269]) in November 1881.

Both Sorrow and Worn Out are clearly based on poses (académies) that Vincent found in Part III of his Bargue Exercices: specifically, for Sorrow, Plate III, 24 (Homme assis sur le sol, tête sur les genoux [Man seated upon the ground, his head on his knees]); and, for Worn Out, Plate III, 39 (Homme assis, se cachant le visage dans les mains [Seated man hiding his face in his hands]). In both cases, Vincent rotated his models from the Bargue examples. In the case of Sorrow, he seated the model on a small stool and altered the position of the crossed arms. An argument can be made that this same attraction to submissive positions explains Vincent's odd, fleeting interest in drawing corpses in the spring of 1883 (JLB 337, 4/21/1883): "In Harper's Weekly I found an illustration by Reinhart [Charles Stanley Reinhart, 1844-1896; American artist], by far the best I've seen by him up to now, 'Washed ashore.' A body has been washed up, a man is kneeling beside it to see who it is." (JLB 346, 5/25/1889.) His interest in drawing reclining figures, which continued throughout his career, may also be related.

593. knees bent

BVG 187, 4/15/1882. No surviving drawings attributed to this period fit this description, although Torn-Up Street with Diggers (F 930 a JH 131) includes in its large cast a female figure on her knees which may be taken from studies that have since disappeared. Later drawings Girl Kneeling by a Cradle (F 1024 JH 336) and Girl Kneeling in Front of a Cradle (F 276 JH 338) fit the description, except that they are of a young girl, not a woman. Two Women, Kneeling (F 1058 JH 348) depicts two women praying and Man Praying (F 1027 JH 354) depicts a single man praying. Potato Grubbers, Four Figures (F 1034 JH 372) and Potato Digging (Five Figurese) (F 9 JH 385), both from summer 1883, depict mixed groups on their knees. Vincent probably did individual studies for each figure. The Sorrow drawings (F 929 JH 129 and F 929a JH 130) show figures not on bended knee but with knees bent in a submissive, fetal-like position, as do Sien with Cigar Sitting on the Floor Near Stove (F 898 JH 141), and Bent Figure of a Woman (F 937 JH 144), as well as later drawings both titled Woman Sitting on a Basket with Head in Hands (F 1069 JH 325; F 1060 JH 326).

Context:
JLB 217, 4/14/1882: "Made another study of the nude today, a kneeling female figure."

594. " Take the model" BVG 241, 11/2/1882-11/3/1882; emphasis added. We have inverted some of the words in the translation.

Context:
BVG 241, 11/2/1882-11/3/1882: "Two things that in my opinion reinforce one another and remain eternally true are: Do not quench your inspiration and your imagination, do not become the slave of your model; and again: Take the model and study it, otherwise your inspiration will never become plastically concrete."
JLB 280, 11/5/1882: "Two things that remain eternally true and complement each other, in my view are: don't snuff out your inspiration and power of imagination, don't become a slave to the model; and, the other, take a model and study it, for otherwise your inspiration won't take on material form."

595. "How well he knows" BVG 208, 6/22/1882.

Context:
BVG 208, 6/22/1882: "It is astonishing how much patience he has, massaging the patients himself, rubbing them with ointment, and handling them in different ways, infinitely better than a male nurse does, and how well he knows how to banish their scruples and to make them do exactly as he wishes."
JLB 239, 6/22/1882: "It's extraordinary how patient he is when rubbing, massaging and manipulating the sick himself in various ways. He's far stronger than an orderly, and has the knack of allaying their embarrassments and positioning the people exactly as he needs them."

596. "abrupt" BVG 208, 6/22/1882.

Context:
BVG 208, 6/22/1882: "I believe that the doctor in this ward is a little more abrupt than in the more expensive wards; so much the better."
JLB 239, 6/22/1882: "I believe that here in this class the doctor gives shorter shrift than in the more expensive ones."

597. "less afraid to hurt" BVG 208, 6/22/1882.

Context:
BVG 208, 6/22/1882: "Perhaps they are less afraid to hurt the patients a little here than in the more expensive wards, and, for instance, they often put a catheter into the bladder quickly, without 'ceremony' or fuss."
JLB 239, 6/22/1882: "Perhaps here they're less hesitant about inflicting a little pain on the patients than in the higher wards, and more ready, for example, to stick a catheter in someone's bladder without a lot of 'good manners' or compliments."

598. "In the future" BVG 208, 6/22/1882.

Context:
BVG 208, 6/22/1882: "I hope to have learned this much from him, that in the future I shall try to handle my models the way he does his patients, namely by getting a firm hold on them and putting them straightway into the required position."
JLB 239, 6/22/1882: "I hope to have learned something from him, in the sense that I hope to deal with models rather as he deals with patients, namely tackling them firmly, setting them shortly and sharply in the precise position required."

276 599. One of his favorite images

BVG R24, 1/25/1883-1/30/1883: The illustration was The Bashful Model by Sir Luke Fildes. It first appeared in Harper's Weekly on November 29, 1873.

Context:
JLB 304, 1/25/1883: "Fildes has a scene in the courtyard of a prison where policemen are holding onto a thief or murderer so that his photograph can be taken. The chap refuses to submit to this and puts up a struggle. In the other corner of the composition the photographer and onlookers."

600. "listen with intelligence" BVG 272, 3/4/1883.

Context:
BVG 272, 3/4/1883: "That crayon knows what I want, it listens with intelligence and obeys; the conté pencil is indifferent and unwilling."
JLB 324, 3/4/1883: "That natural chalk understands what one wants, listens with intelligence and obeys, while conté is indifferent and doesn't cooperate."

601. "indifferent and unwilling" BVG 272, 3/4/1883.

Context:
BVG 272, 3/4/1883: "I could almost say, That crayon knows what I want, it listens with intelligence and obeys; the conté pencil is indifferent and unwilling."
JLB 324, 3/4/1883: "I would almost say that natural chalk understands what one wants, listens with intelligence and obeys, while conté is indifferent and doesn't cooperate."

602. "The artist always comes" BVG 152, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881.

Context:
BVG 152, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881: " The artist always comes up against resistance from nature in the beginning, but if he really takes her seriously he will not be put off by that opposition, on the contrary, it is all the more incentive to win her over -- at heart, nature and the honest draughtsman are as one."
JLB 175, 10/12/1881and 10/15/1881: " Nature always begins by resisting the draughtsman, but he who truly takes it seriously doesn't let himself be deterred by that resistance, on the contrary, it's one more stimulus to go on fighting, and at bottom nature and an honest draughtsman see eye to eye."

603. "[It] is sometimes a bit" BVG 152, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881: Vincent writes this in English.

Context:
BVG 152, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881: "The struggle with nature is sometimes a bit like what Shakespeare calls "the taming of the shrew" (which means wearing down the opposition, bon gré et mal gré [willy-nilly])."
JLB 175, 10/12/1881-10/15/188: "The struggle with nature sometimes resembles what Shakespeare calls 'Taming the shrew' (i.e. to conquer the opposition through perseverance, willy-nilly)."

604. "If only one had to" BVG 268, 2/20/1883-2/24/1883: We have added an additional "only" to Bonger's original ungrammatical translation of this fragmentary exclamation. This is clearly more consistent with the spirit of Vincent's wishful outburst. We have slightly altered the translation.

Context:
BVG 268, 2/20/1883-2/24/1883: "If one had to deal with people only inside the studio!" But personally I cannot get on well with people outside of it, and cannot get them to do anything."
JLB 318, 2/21/1883: "If only one could always deal with people in the studio! But outside it I, for one, can't get them to do much and can't get on well with them."

605. ruled by the draftsman's fist BVG 152, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881: We are following Vincent's lead in using the phrase "draftsman's fist" to bear such a heavy burden of metaphor.

Context:
JLB 175, 10/12/1881-10/15/1881: "Nature always begins by resisting the draughtsman, but he who truly takes it seriously doesn't let himself be deterred by that resistance, on the contrary, it's one more stimulus to go on fighting, and at bottom nature and an honest draughtsman see eye to eye. Nature is most certainly 'intangible,' though, yet one must seize it, and with a firm hand."

606. "gives me the shudders" BVG 177, 2/25/1882. Vincent said this in response to a question from Theo about whether he, Vincent, intended to go to Etten for their father's sixtieth birthday on February 8. Vincent not only did not go, he refused to write, an act of open hostility that hints at the depth and permanence of the wounds inflicted at Christmas. "I must say that I feel so good to have done with everything, it's such a tranquility, which I need so much in my work, my head can't hold more than it does. And now I dread starting up a new correspondence, so much so that I'm quietly leaving things as they are for the present." (JLB 206, 2/25/1882.)

Context:
BVG 177, 2/25/1882: "When I think of Etten it gives me the shudders, as if I were in church."
JLB 206, 2/25/1882: "When I think of Etten, a kind of shiver runs down my body as though I were in a church."

607. he had tried and failed BVG 76, 10/7/1876: This effort to direct his family mostly took the form of persuasion and emotional coercion, but there is at least one interesting instance of Vincent "posing" his family more directly, at least in his imagination. In 1876, when Theo was sick and their mother went to his bedside in The Hague, Vincent wrote: "Now then, Theo, get well soon and read this letter sometime when Ma is sitting with you, because I'd very much like to be with you both in thought" (JLB 93, 10/7/1876-10/8/1876). Of course, there are many instances of Vincent directing Theo to do something, but this is one example of Vincent trying to arrange his family members in a living tableau to match an image in his head -- exactly the process that found fulfillment in his interaction with models.

Context:
JLB 93, 10/7/1876-10/8/1876: "Now then, Theo, get well soon and read this letter sometime when Ma is sitting with you, because I'd very much like to be with you both in thought."

608. He chose what they wore BVG 141, 2/16/1881.

Context:
JLB 163, 2/16/1881: "The blue smock of Brabant, for example, the grey linen suit that the miners wear and their leather hat, also a straw hat and clogs, a fisherman's costume of brown fustian and a sou'wester. And most definitely the clothing made of that kind of black or brown velvet that's very picturesque and characteristic -- furthermore, a red doublet or vest. Likewise a couple of women's costumes, such as that of Kempen and the area of Antwerp with the Brabantian cap and that of Blankenberge, for example, or Scheveningen or Katwijk."

609. a mother sewing

For example: Woman at the Window, Knitting, F 910a JH 90, mid-January, 1882, watercolor, 13 x 10.2 in., 33 x 26 cm., Location unknown. Sien's mother may have posed for this and other works.

610. a sister doing chores BVG 170, 1/12/1882-1/16/1882.

Context:
JLB 200, 1/14/1882: "This is a little sketch of one of the small watercolours, it's a corner of my studio with a girl grinding coffee."

611. a father quiescent Man Sitting by the Stove (The Pauper), F 1116ar JH 139, April, 1882, pencil, chalk, 17.3 x 13.8 in., 44 x 35 cm., Private Collection, Paris. 612. At mealtimes BVG 171, 1/21/1882: Vincent admits that he fed his models only in passing. It is unclear how and how much he fed them. The sentence also implies ("&c. &c.") that he rendered other unspecified, non-monetary assistance to his models. It should be noted that this was before or right about the time he met Sien, indicating that he treated his models as surrogate family even before taking on Sien's family (JLB 228, 5/16/1882).

Context:
JLB 201, 1/21/1882: "I also have to pay and feed my model every day &c. &c."

613. the heavy kitchen table BVG 167, 1/1/1882-1/2/1882. Vincent refers to the table as a "really sturdy kitchen table" in the "village constable style" -- a phrase he apparently borrowed from Theo to describe a spare and unstylish interior (JLB 196, 1/3/1882).

Context:
JLB 196, 1/3/1882: "I've bought furniture in true 'village constable style,' as you call it, but I think that mine resembles it much more than yours, although it was you who coined the phrase. (I have real kitchen chairs, for example, and a really sturdy kitchen table.)"

614. He gave parties BVG 178, 3/3/1882.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "Tomorrow two children are coming to visit whom I must amuse and draw at the same time. I want some life in my studio."

615. he worried endlessly BVG 178, 3/3/1882.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "Sometimes it grieves me to think that I might have to let the model wait, because they need it so much."

616. "I can draw the models" BVG 177, 2/25/1882.

Context:
JLB 206, 2/25/1882: "The better I get to know the models, the better I can draw them, of course."

617. the same family to pose BVG 178, 3/3/1882.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "Or rather it's more than one model, because I've already had 3 people from the same family, a woman of about 45 who's just like a figure by E. Frère, and her daughter, 30 or so, and a younger child of 10 or 12."

618. had recruited a woman BVG 178, 3/3/1882: The order given in the text is probably not the order in which Vincent recruited Sien's family. Sien's mother was likely the first member of the family Vincent used as a model, in mid-to-late January. By his telling, Vincent met Sien either at the same time or soon thereafter in late January (JLB 228, 5/16/1882). He apparently started using Sien's daughter as a model before Sien became a fixture in the studio in late February.

Context:
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: "It's a new model I have, although I'd drawn her before superficially. Or rather it's more than one model, because I've already had 3 people from the same family, a woman of about 45 who's just like a figure by E. Frère, and her daughter, 30 or so, and a younger child of 10 or 12."

619. with her young daughter (See Ch. 16, n. 1010.) In fact, Vincent's young model was Sien's sister, not her daughter, but he did not discover that until later (see Chapter 17). 620. "They are poor people" BVG 178, 3/3/1882.

Context:
BVG 178, 3/3/1882: " They are poor people and, I must say, splendidly willing."
JLB 207, 3/3/1882: " They're poor people and, I must say, invaluably willing."

277 621. who was pregnant BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: Defensively, Vincent reassures Theo that Sien was pregnant when Vincent found her. Tellingly, neither Theo nor Vincent's family fully believed this version of the story.

Context:
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "This winter I met a pregnant woman, abandoned by the man whose child she was carrying."

622. secretly supporting her BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882: The subject of the extent to which Vincent supported Sien prior to revealing their relationship to Theo will be discussed in the next chapter. Suffice it to say here that Vincent at first suggests -- defensively and implausibly -- that Sien and her child did not represent a significant extra burden, that he simply made do with less for himself.

Context:
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "[I] have until now been able, thank God, to preserve her and her child from hunger and cold by sharing my own bread with her."

623. he was going to marry her BVG 192, 5/3/1882-5/12/1882.

Context:
JLB 224, 5/7/1882: "For my part, I can marry only once, and when would be a better time to do it than with her, because only by doing so can I continue to help her, and otherwise hardship will make her take the same road that ends in the abyss."